____________________________________ B E R S E R K E R P R E S E N T S: \ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THE THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU TH U THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU T F E A R Y O U C A N ' T F O R G E T .'` .'.' .'.' .'.' .,'.' .'`\` .' ( .' '. | | | ____ _____ ____ _ ____ |__|__ _ _ _____ _____ __ __ _ _ | _ \ | ____|/ ___| | || _ \ | ____|| \ | ||_ _| | ____|\ \ / /| || | | |_) || _| \___ \ | || | | || _|'.| \| | | | | _| \ \ / / | || | | _ < | |___ ___) || || |_| || |___ | |\ | | | | |___ \ V / | || |___ |_| \_\|_____||____/ |_||____/.|_____||_|,\_| |_| |_____| \_/ |_||____/ `. \ PLAYSTATION 3 ) ,) XBOX 360 / ,' .' .' ,.` ,' '. ,' .' , `., ` JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- http://www.berserkersblog.blogspot.com Started: March 13, 2009 Completely finished: May 22, 2009 Last update: June 3, 2009 - - - Version: Haymaker Update Type: Uppercut - - - Authored by: Berserker (Berserker_Kev [IGN]) Email: berserker_kev(at)yahoo(dot)com - - - This document Copyright 2009 Kevin Hall (Berserker) Resident Evil 5 Copyright 2009 Capcom Ltd. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ ******************************************************************************* =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= -- Press Ctrl + F and type in the code listed beside each section for -- - quicker navigation through the guide - --- --- Section I: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IN00] Section II: Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS00] -- General Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS01] -- Advanced Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS02] Section III: Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WT00] -- Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH11] - Civilian Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH111] - Back Alley 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH112] - Back Alley 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH113] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH114] -- Chapter 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH12] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH121] - Urban District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH122] - Abandoned Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH123] - Furnace Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH124] -- Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH21] - Storage Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH211] - The Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH212] - The Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH213] - Shanty Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH214] - Train Yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH215] -- Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH22] - Train Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH221] - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH222] - Mining Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH223] -- Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH23] - Savannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH231] - The Port (Night) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH232] -- Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH31] - Marshlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH311] - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH312] -- Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH32] - Execution Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH321] - Oil Field - Refinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH322] - Oil Field - Control Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH323 - Oil Field - Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH324] -- Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH33] - Oil Field - Drilling Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH331] - Patrol Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH332] -- Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH41] - Caves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH411] - Ancient Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH412] - Labyrinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH413] -- Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH42] - Worship Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH421] - Pyramid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH422] - Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH423] -- Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH51] - Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH511] - Progenitor Virus House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH512] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH513] -- Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH52] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH521] - Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH522] - Experimental Facility Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH523] - Missile Area 1st Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH524] - Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH525] -- Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH53] - Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH531] - Missile Area 2nd Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH532] - Moving Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH533] - Monarch Room Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH534] - Monarch Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH535] -- Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH61] - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH611] - Ship Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH612] -- Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH62] - Main Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH621] - Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH622] - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH623] -- Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH63] - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH631] - Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH632] - Engine Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH633] - Hangar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH634] - Volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH635] Section IV: Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WE00] Section V: Enemies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN00] -- Majini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN01] -- Mini Bosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN02] -- Parasitic B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN03] -- Other B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN04] -- Animals/Beasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN05] Section VI: Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI00] -- BSAA Medal Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI01] -- Treasure Checklist (by chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI02] -- Treasure Checklist (by treasure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI03] -- Hidden Weapon Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI04] -- File Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI05] -- Figure Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI06] -- Achievement Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI07] -- Main Game Unlockables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI08] -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI09] -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI10] -- Store List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI11] -- Bonus Features List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI12] -- Chapter Ranking List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI13] Section VII: Professional Mode Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM00] Section VIII: The Mercenaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [TM00] -- Mercenary Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST01] - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST02] - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST03] - Ancient Ruins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST04] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST05] - Missile Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST06] - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST07] - Prison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST08] -- Mercenary Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS00] - Chris (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS01] - Chris (Safari) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS02] - Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS03] - Sheva (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS04] - Sheva (Clubbin') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS05] - Sheva (Tribal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS06] - ???? (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS07] - ???? (Battle Suit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS08] - ?????? (Midnight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS09] - ?????? (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS10] Section XI: Versus Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS00] -- Slayers/Team Slayers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS01] -- Survivors/Team Survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS02] -- Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS03] -- Survivors/Team Survivors Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS04] -- Survivors/Team Survivors Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS05] -- Versus Mode Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS06] Section X: Everything Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EE00] -- Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CO00] -- Special Thanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00] -- Version History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VH00] -- Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CI00] -- About Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AM00] -- Donations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DO00] -- Cheat Happens Featured Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH00] -- Resident Evil 5 Wallpapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WA00] (NOTE: "?"'s are used in The Mercenaries table of contents to avoid spoilers in the table of contents.) =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= [IN00] =============================================================================== ___ _ _ _ _ |_ _| _ __ | |_ _ __ ___ __| | _ _ ___ | |_ (_) ___ _ __ | | | '_ \ | __|| '__|/ _ \ / _` || | | | / __|| __|| | / _ \ | '_ \ | | | | | || |_ | | | (_) || (_| || |_| || (__ | |_ | || (_) || | | | |___||_| |_| \__||_| \___/ \__,_| \__,_| \___| \__||_| \___/ |_| |_| =============================================================================== =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= Welcome to my Resident Evil 5 Guide, fellow Resident Evil fan! - Berserker =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= L O N G T I M E N O S E E, C H R I S. Chris Redfield now a member of the BSAA (Bioterrorism Security Assessment Alliance) has been sent to Africa in order to investigate a reported bioterrorist hotspot in the town of Kijuju. He drives his jeep along the dirt road toward his destination and prepares to meet up with another BSAA agent. When Chris arrives, the agent introduces herself - Sheva Alomar, his new... P A R T N E R . . . ? The familiar word echoes throughout Chris' mind as he recalls the tombstone with the year November 23, 2006 etched into it. You see, his last partner was a woman too - Jill Valentine. Both Jill and Chris survived the horrors of the Spencer Estate in Raccoon City - what later became known as "The Mansion Incident". Jill is now proclaimed dead, but Chris believes she is still alive. Despite that, casualties continue to the mount over the long years he has struggled. More and more, he finds himself wondering... I S I T A L L W O R T H F I G H T I N G F O R ? Who knows? Maybe one day, he'll find out. Chris has got a job to do here though, and he's going to see it through. Both Chris and Sheva gather their belongings and enter the town of Kijuju. They are met with vacant and ominous stares as they walk down the streets of the town. All they see is death on the way to their location and then sudden... S I L E N C E. A siren is heard in the distance and the town's inhabitants suddenly disappear...? But where? The two meet up with their contact and he fills them in on the situation and where they are to meet up with the rest of the BSAA squad. The contact tells them of a lead that the BSAA has on a man named "Irving". He also mentions something else... something about a doomsday project codenamed "Uroboros". Chris and Sheva gather their gear and soon depart further into the streets of Kijuju to meet up with their squad and find Irving. A N E W C H A P T E R I N T H E R E S A G A B E G I N S. --> WORDS FROM THE AUTHOR We last met at the Spencer Estate, wasn't it? While aboard the Ecliptic Express? During Jill Valentine's Last Escape from Raccoon City? Maybe during the Fall of Umbrella? Or perhaps during the details of the most recent Kennedy Report? Maybe you have read my work before through my Resident Evil 4: Wii Edition guide or my Resident Evil: The Umbrella Chronicles guide. Maybe you haven't. Either way, prepare for a few year's worth of anticipation for Resident Evil 5 in written form. How many times have you played the RE5 demo? I've had a fellow gamer ask me that question over Xbox LIVE and after a long pause, the only answer I could give him was somewhere over 100. It's actually much more than that, I assure you. Has there been another demo that you've spent as much time on as Resident Evil 5? My answer? Never. My obsession with the series has never been so clear to me. Like many other gamers, I consider myself a very hardcore Resident Evil fan. I've been completely obsessed with the Resident Evil series all the way back since the original game was released for PSX in 1996. Because of this love for the series this guide will cover ever single solitary piece of information you can think of and then some. --> VERSION HAYMAKER (COMPLETE VERSION) FEATURES This author had a voluntary job to do, and he saw it through! Version Haymaker is the complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide. It includes everything that I wanted to add and I'm hoping it hits my readers with a force equal to a Redfield Haymaker punch to the face while looking through it. Not that I want to shatter a reader's head with an overpowered punch, but I want to make an impact on each and every one of you reading this. In this complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide, you will find: [x] An extremely in-depth basics sections highlighting basic gameplay and several advanced techniques. [x] A walkthrough of the main game that details every single piece of the main game written by a very hardcore fan of the series with the hardcore Resident Evil fan in mind. [x] A list section with checklists of every single collectible item or anything that can be put into a list. [x] Detailed Weapons and Enemies sections. [x] A Professional mode guide. This separate section is fully dedicated to getting you through Professional mode. [x] A Mercenaries section that will help you to get the most of the mode. Guaranteed. [x] A Versus mode section for the extra downloadable content on the PlayStation Store and Xbox LIVE marketplace. --> UPDATES TO MY RESIDENT EVIL 5 GUIDE I will always post all updates made to this guide at the following links below: Version "Haymaker" (Complete) Version Updates: http://tinyurl.com/oson3u Kick = Extremely minor update Hook = Minor update Straight Punch = Moderate update Uppercut = Big update Back Hand = Major update Old Incomplete Version Updates: http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com/2009/04/resident-evil-5-guide.html Feel free to post up any comments that you want in the post above. It will be the main area that I'll use for any additions, ideas or just to randomly rant and bitch about something. .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------, | THREE THINGS THAT I WOULD LIKE MY READERS TO KNOW | | | | (1) If you found this guide useful then email me with your thoughts. | | Believe it or not, emails carry a quite a bit of meaning. | | | | (2) My Paypal donation email is berserker_kev@yahoo.com for those that want | | to donate. Again, this is just to point out that I accept donations | | There is a separate section for this topic at the bottom of the guide. | | | | (3) On GameFAQs, click the orange "recommend" link at the top of the guide | | or on IGN add "berserker_kev" to your watched user list (WUL) if you | | found this guide helpful. | | | | http://club.ign.com/b/about?username=berserker_kev&which=boards | | | | Thanks for your time and enjoy the guide, | | | | - Kevin (Berserker) | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' [BS00] =============================================================================== ____ _ | __ ) __ _ ___ (_) ___ ___ | _ \ / _` |/ __|| | / __|/ __| | |_) || (_| |\__ \| || (__ \__ \ |____/ \__,_||___/|_| \___||___/ =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GENERAL BASICS [BS01] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________ DEFAULT CONTROL SETUPS \_______________________________________________________ ________________________ PlayStation 3 Control Setup __________________________ To save on a few emails, L3 = push in on the left thumbstick, R3 = push in on the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad. Type A Type B [] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action /\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory O - Partner Action O - Partner Action X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun L3 - N/A L3 - N/A R3 - N/A R3 - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip Type C Type D [] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action /\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory O - Partner Action O - Partner Acton X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun L3 - Run L3 - Run R3 - N/A R3 - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon. -- Type A and C Combination Commands Hold R1 then tap X = Reload L thumbstick up + X = Run L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn Hold R1 + tap [] = Fire/Throw Hold L1 + tap X = Slash with Knife -- Type B and D Combination Commands Hold L1 then tap X = Reload L thumbstick up + X = Run L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn L thumbstick right or left = Strafe Hold L1 + tap R1 = Fire/Throw Hold L2 + tap R1 = Slash with Knife -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed) L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run Hold X then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character Hold X then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning ___________________________ Xbox 360 Control Setup ____________________________ To save on a few emails, LS = push in on the left thumbstick, RS = push in on the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad. Type A Type B X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action Y - Inventory Y - Inventory B - Partner Action B - Partner Action A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload RB - Display Map RB - Display Map LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun LS - N/A LS - N/A RS - N/A RS - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip Type C Type D X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action Y - Inventory Y - Inventory B - Partner Action B - Partner Acton A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload RB - Display Map RB - Display Map LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun LS - N/A LS - N/A RS - N/A RS - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon. -- Type A and C Combination Commands Hold RT then tap A = Reload L thumbstick up + A = Run L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn Hold RT + tap X = Fire/Throw Hold LT + tap A = Slash with Knife -- Type B and D Combination Commands Hold LT then tap A = Reload L thumbstick up + A = Run LS + move L thumbstick up = Run L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn L thumbstick right or left = Strafe Hold LT + tap RT = Fire/Throw Hold LB + tap RT = Slash with Knife -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed) LS + move L thumbstick up = Run Hold A then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character Hold A then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning _________________________________ NETWORK SETTINGS AND ONLINE PLAY \_____________________________________________ After choosing your difficulty or character (after beating it once), you'll come across the network settings where one can control various online functions. --> Co-Op Settings Rogue = No other player can join in your game. The partner will always be controlled by the AI only. Invite Only = Only players that are invited can join. No Limits = Anyone can join your game at any time, so long as you willingly accept the player when that person joins. --> Attack Reaction This changes whether both characters can hit each other or not. The option is "No" by default. By choosing "Yes", the players will be able to hit each other, so if one character stands in the way while another character fires, the bullets will hit the character that stands in front of the gunfire. A character's melee attacks can hit the partner as well. Ever wanted to feel the full force of Chris' Haymaker? Players cannot sustain damage from one another under this option however. Turning this on will also make it to where the AI partner will join in on hitting an enemy after an arm stun melee. While an enemy staggers away after an arm stun melee attack such as a Hook or Kick, the AI partner will usually run up and perform a melee to the staggering enemy as well. The attack reaction can really help out when fighting a Big Man Majini since he can be hit from either side during a tag team melee sequence. --> Infinite Ammo The infinite ammo option allows the host player to choose whether or not infinite ammo is allowed in the game or not. By choosing "Yes", players that have unlocked the infinite ammo option per gun can use infinite ammo guns while playing alongside the host. By choosing "No" no infinite ammo weapons are allowed and are thereby locked out from use. Infinite Ammo may be turned on under the Bonus Features section. Choose "Yes" under Infinite Ammo once the option has been unlocked per weapon to use infinite ammo for that gun. A player must fully upgrade a weapon to unlock infinite ammo for it. --> Xbox 360 Invite: After allowing a player to join a game by choosing "Invite Only" or "No Limits", press the guide button on the Xbox 360 controller, choose "Friends" and cycle to the friend that you want to invite. Select your friend then select either the "Invite to Game" or "Invite to Party and Game" option to send that player an invite. --> Xbox 360 Accept Invite Open the invite message then choose to join the game. Both players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover needs before the game automatically starts. --> PS3 Invite: After allowing a player to join a game by choosing the "Invite Only" or "No Limits" open up the XMB by pressing the PS button then select a player on your friends list and press the /\ button then choose to "Invite this Player". --> PS3 Accept Invite: Someone must first invite you to a game of RE5, obviously. You will receive a message displaying the following: Subject: Resident Evil 5 Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in story mode with me? Once you receive this message, highlight any friend on your friends list and press /\ then select "Accept Invitation". From the screen that pops up, press the X button then choose to "Join Game" when the invitation appears. Both players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover inventory needs before the game automatically starts. For Mercenaries mode invitations, the following message will be received: Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5 Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in THE MERCENARIES mode with me? For Versus mode invitations, the following message will be received: Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5 Would you like to player RESIDENT EVIL 5 in VERSUS mode with me? _______________________ JOINING AN ONLINE GAME \_______________________________________________________ --> Icons The following icons will appear along with each session. -> Connection || || || The above icon which consists of three bars displays the connection speed of the session. If all bars are filled then the session should play normally with minimal lag. If a bar is unfilled (starting from the right) then a joining player will most likely experience some online lag in that session. -> Attack Reaction \/ /!\ /\ = Attack Reaction Off '---' = Attack Reaction On The icons above showcase if Attack Reaction is off or on. The symbol represented by the "white X" means that character cannot hit each other and the icon showcased with the "red ! inside the bloody /\" means that characters can hit each other. -> Flag Each session will have a flag icon which represents the country that the host resides in. It's usually best to pick a host from your own country for a chance at a better connection speed. Joining a host's connection from a different country will more often result in the joining player experiencing online lag during the session. -> Character Whether it be the actual picture representation of a character through the quick match or the listed name of the character through the custom search, the character shown is the character that the host is currently using. The joining player will play with the other character. Sheva can only be chosen as a starting character by the host once the host has completed all chapters. --> Quick Match The Quick Match option will take the player to a "Session Details" screen where the online service will search for an online game session to join. The details will looks as follows: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pic of stage Character Name - Country Flag - Attack Reaction - Connection Online ID Difficulty Character Pic Current Chapter Current Area in Chapter ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From the above session, a gamer can use the following controls to manipulate the session details screen. Controls: Left thumbstick left or right = Select different sessions X (or A) = OK O (or B) = Back [] (or X) = Refresh /\ (or Y) = Display Profile (Gamercard) of User Use the left thumbstick or D-pad to cycle between the various available sessions. Refreshing the sessions will bring up a new current list of sessions. Back out of the Session Details by choosing the "Back" option. Confirming a session through "OK" will attempt to join that session. The player will not be able to join until the session reaches a certain point of the current chapter (a checkpoint) or until that person. The Profile (Gamercard) option will pull up the host's profile details. NOTE: Whether or not infinite ammo is on is not displayed through the quick match option. The infinite ammo option is only displayed through the "Custom Match" search list. --> Custom Match The Custom Match option searches the available sessions and matches a player up with some certain specified options. It allows a player to more easily pick from the available sessions based on the following categories: -> Difficulty The Amateur, Normal, Veteran, or Professional mode difficulty can be chosen from this category. -> Chapter Chapter segments of chapter 1-6 may be chosen from this category -> Location Settings Allows the player to choose from the "Home Location" in the country where the player resides or give the option to specify none, meaning that the player will be able to join in sessions with hosts from other countries. -> Attack Reaction Allows the player to turn the Attack Reaction option on or off. -> Infinite Ammo Allows the player to turn the Infinite Ammo feature on or off. Each player must have the "Infinite Ammo" option set to "On" from the "Special Settings" menu. A player must fully upgrade a weapon through the "Buy" menu in the main inventory (Item Management) display in order to have infinite ammo available for that weapon. After performing a search, a list of available sessions based off the preferences of the player will be showcased on the session list. Choose a session then press the "OK" button to join the session. NOTE: Unlike during the Quick Match, a joining player has no way to tell what current area of the chapter (save point) that a host has passed. ___________________________________________ PLAYING WITH A LOCAL PLAYER (OFFLINE PLAY) \___________________________________ --> Joining the game In order for a second player to join in a game, the second player needs to press the "Start" button on the second player controller during gameplay. The players will be taken to the main inventory screen then both must select "Ready" to start the game. --> Split Screen While playing with local play, the screen will be split into two sections. The player of Chris (first player) will use the top screen while the player of Sheva (second player) will use the bottom screen. ___________________ SKIPPING CUTSCENES \___________________________________________________________ In order to skip a cutscene, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button. In a co-op game both players must press the button to skip a cutscene. The "Skip" icon will appear on the screen for the player that hasn't agreed yet, and that player must press the Back button as well for the cutscene to end; if not then the full cutscene will play for both players. This can also be used to skip the beginning announcement in The Mercenaries mode. Whenever Josh begins to speak, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button to skip his dialogue and begin the round. ____________ THE MINIMAP \__________________________________________________________________ Command: Tap the Map button (R2/RB) to bring up the minimap. The minimap (GPS) displays on the right hand side (Chris) or left hand side (Sheva) of the screen and should always be pulled up when your character first starts out in any of the stages. The map shows a full display of the current surroundings and has a compass in the upper left corner that always points north. This map can help you to identify destinations, key items and bosses, but most importantly, it will display your partner's location while online. The partner's icon will display the direction the partner is heading as represented by the way that the partner's colored arrow is pointing. The table below lists the map icons with the corresponding description as shown on the map: .------------------------------------------------------. | Chris = Green Arrow | | Sheva = Purple Arrow | | Destination Pointer = Yellow Arrow | | Destination Marker = Yellow Circle w/Yellow Arrow | | Checkpoint = Flashing Yellow Circles | | Locked Door = Light Blue Circle w/Key Symbol | | Boss Enemy = Blue Triangle | '------------------------------------------------------' ________ RUNNING \______________________________________________________________________ Command: Forward on left thumbstick + hold Run button While holding down the Run button your character will run instead of moving with the usual walking animation while your character moves forward. ___________ QUICK TURN \___________________________________________________________________ Command: Back on left thumbstick + Run button Tap back on the Left thumbstick and the Run button at the same time to instantly turn around. You must learn to use this method of turning during intense battles or your character may get hit from turning too slow with the thumbstick. _____________ KNIFE ATTACK \_________________________________________________________________ Command: Hold the knife button then tap the Action button Chris or Sheva will hold up the knife and slash. Chris' "knife" weapon is actually a machete. You'll mainly want to use this close range weapon to bust open breakable objects. The knife is very useful for close combat while fighting a normal enemy as well. Try to aim for the enemy's face or midsection of the body or legs and this might stun the enemy to where your character can simply run up to the enemy and initiate a melee attack through a button tap sequence. The knife slash has a very wide range and will usually stagger a normal enemy and can also stagger a group of enemies in front of your character. ________________ SPECIAL ACTIONS \______________________________________________________________ Command: Action button when a special action button prompt appears When standing near a window or any type of object that can be leaped over or while standing near a ledge that your character can jump from, an action command button prompt will appear and allow your character to perform the action as labeled on the screen by tapping the button on the screen. ______________ OPENING DOORS \________________________________________________________________ Command: Action button near a door/double tap the Action button near a door Press the Action button to quietly open a door. Double tap the Action button to kick open a door. A door that is kicked open can hit enemies and a door that is kicked while badly damaged (two hits) will be destroyed. Keep in mind that you can damage or destroy doors with knife slashes, explosions or gun blasts. TIP: A door kick animation will make your character invincible during the kicking animation, a door opening animation does not grant invincibility. On the flip side, a door kick will alert enemies to your presence immediately while a door opening animation is quiet enough to keep your character from being instantly spotted. _________________ ACTION SEQUENCES \_____________________________________________________________ - Action Sequences During specific cutscenes throughout the course of the game, players will have to watch for sudden on-screen button prompt commands to display. When the command appears press the required button, set of buttons or wiggle the left analog in the direction shown in order to survive a sequence or avoid taking damage during the sequence. These range from a single button tap, a rapid button tap, two buttons pressed at once, a left thumbstick shake (from left to right), and left thumbstick rotation. In co-op mode, if both players fail to react to a specific sequence then both players will suffer damage or defeat. Sometimes a certain player of a certain character will be required to input a command while the other player watches. The screen will display "Chris" or "Sheva" at that time depending on the character performing the on-screen action. - Button Prompt Dodging During some normal enemy battles and boss battles, a player may be required to input a specific on-screen button command to dodge or counter an on-coming attack. The character will usually roll or dodge out of the way of the incoming attack. A player must input the on-screen command very quickly or suffer damage, or sometimes instant death. TIP: In Normal or Veteran mode, when a single button command appears on the screen during gameplay such as the Action or Run button, a player can press both the Action and Run button at the same time to keep from missing the single button tap. This will NOT work for Professional mode however. In Professional mode, any wrong button press will automatically end the sequence in failure. _________________ ITEMS/ITEM DROPS \_____________________________________________________________ Items are scattered throughout various sections of the environment and can be found in breakable objects and collected in the form of item drops after defeating an enemy. Items lying in the environment will always be the same item for each playthrough while items obtained from breakable objects and enemy drops are random. To destroy a breakable object, it is usually best to equip the knife and slash it in order to save ammo when destroying it to save ammo. In tense situations, you may want to shoot the object with a handgun to keep from having to go through the knife equipping and slashing animations. Items that are found in breakable objects and items that are dropped by enemies give off a certain colored glow or other appearance depending on the type of item: .--------------------------------------------------------------. | Gold/Valuable Pickup = Blue | | Health Pickup = Green | | Ammo Pickup = Red | | Key Item = Shimmers with white glow periodically | '--------------------------------------------------------------' Keep these item appearances in mind when in tense situations in order to quickly distinguish between them. You don't really want to accidentally grab gold when you're close to death and there is a health item glowing green up ahead, do you? TIP: Items that are dropped by enemies can sometimes mount up in a certain area. To avoid picking up an unwanted item, move over the group of items until the item you actually want to retrieve is displayed on the screen. The character has to be standing directly above the item in order to retrieve a certain item from a group of several items. __________________ HAZARDOUS OBJECTS \____________________________________________________________ Just like with all Resident Evil games starting from Resident Evil 3: Nemesis and onward, Resident Evil 5 has many hazardous objects that can be shot from a distance in order to damage a group of enemies at once. - Red Explosive Barrel (Drum) - These red metal barrels can be shot from a distance to trigger a big explosion that will heavily damage any enemy that is standing near it. Explosive barrels produce a much bigger explosion this time around, so be sure to stand far enough away from them before shooting. - Gas Tank - In a few areas of the game, red explosive gas tanks or gas canister can be shot for an explosion much like a red explosive barrel. Gas tanks can sometimes be turned over on their side during some boss fights. - Oil Canisters - Oil canisters are red canisters that are always found in a group. Shoot one of the oil canisters and the shot will pierce one of the barrels and ignite the oil inside. The oil will make a path of fire in the direction that it spews and burn any enemies that are in the way or happen to step through it. The fire will eventually die down in a few seconds. - Transformer - Transformers are electrical metal power boxes that are found hanging from wooden poles in certain areas. Aim for any portion of them and shoot them to make them fall and send out a blast of electricity all around them that will damage and stagger any enemy that is near it. The electrical shock will begin to die down and eventually stop. A grounded transformer can be shot when it is inactive to send out another blast of electricity once again and it can be shot while the electricity field is weak to keep the small electrical charge going. Even the small electrical charge can damage any close range enemy. Grounded transformers can be constantly shot again for more explosive electrical blasts while they are in the area. TIP: When you enter an area and see a hanging transformer, if you plan on using it, it is best to shoot it down early so you don't have to aim upwards during the middle of an intense battle. Just watch for the electric current and make sure that your partner is not in the way. NOTE: Be sure to avoid shooting any of the above objects if your partner is currently in the way of the object or that character will take damage. This is so easy to do on accident while shooting a red explosive barrels since the barrels have quite a blast radius. While playing the game in co-op you really need to respect your partner and not diminish their faith in you by shooting a red explosive barrel to take out a Majini mob that they are caught in the middle of. ______________ MELEE ATTACKS \________________________________________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Enemy Stance Through Gunfire ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Both Chris and Sheva can perform each of their own unique physical attacks by hitting an enemy in a certain portion of the body with a gun (handgun, machine gun, or rifle) or the knife to make the enemy perform a specific stun animation. Run up to the enemy during that stun animation and press the Action button when the button prompt command appears to perform the melee attack command showcased on the screen. Below, we shall take a look at the variety of stun animations that a Majini enemy can be forced into along with how to achieve the animation. ---------------------- Majini Stun Animations ---------------------- (NOTE: Sometimes these stuns require two shots in the affected area, mainly with the upper arm shots) --> HEAD STUN Shot in head from back or front Stun animation(s): .---------------------------------------------. | Grab face and stumble backward | | Grab face and stumble forward | | Grab face and stumble slightly backwards | | Grab face and look downward and to the side | | Look downward and to the side | '---------------------------------------------' Comments: This stun comes in a variety of different animations. The staggering stun is the longest yet other head stuns where the Majini remains still are quite short. This particular stun can be hard to realize sometimes thanks to the many different animations associated with it. Not all of the head stun animations involve the Majini staggering in a direction, so be sure to pay attention to the way the Majini reacts and keep the list above in mind. --> ARM STUN Shot in upper arm from back or front Stun animation(s): .-----------------------------------------------------------------. | Flinch to right and grab arm | | Flinch to left and grab arm | | Lean forward and grab right arm (shot in right arm from behind) | | Lean forward and grab left arm (shot in left arm from behind) | '-----------------------------------------------------------------' Comments: This is one of the harder stuns to get since stronger Majini usually take multiple shots in the upper arm in order for them to strike this pose. This stun doesn't last that long, so react quickly with your melee attack afterwards. You have to basically aim for the bicep or elbow area. Shooting a Majini from the front portion of the arm will make it flinch and shooting a Majini from the back of the arm will make it lean forward. It's best to shoot the unequipped arm since a shot toward an arm that is holding a weapon will usually only stagger the Majini and make it drop its currently equipped weapon. Usually the left arm is the best choice for the most part but there are certain weapon wielders that are best shot in the right arm. For Majini with two-handed weapons, shoot them in the left arm since the right arm is their main grasping arm for the weapon. --> LEG STUNS a) Shot in upper leg from back or front: Stun animation(s): .------------------------------. | Bend down and grab right leg | | Bend down and grab left leg | '------------------------------' Comments: This stun last just about as long as a head staggering stun giving your character plenty of time to hit the Majini. b) Shot in lower leg from back or front: Stun animation(s): .---------------. | Fall to knees | '---------------' Comments: A Majini will recover rather quick from a lower leg stun when compared to an upper leg stun, so be sure to follow up with an attack quickly after this one. --> KNOCKDOWN STUN Shot while running/Knocked down by melee attack from back or front Stun animation(s): .----------------. | Fall to ground | '----------------' Comments: Hitting a Majini in just about any part of the body while they run will usually make them fall. A Majini will usually stay grounded for quite a while. Remember that if they don't dissolve then they are still alive. --> STAGGER/BOUNCE FROM ARM STUN Stagger/Bounce from back or front Shot in upper arm + melee then bouncing melee attack from behind Stun animation(s): .-------------------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from an arm stun melee attack | '-------------------------------------------------' Detailed Example: Hit a Majini with either Chris' Hook or Kick attack from an arm stun then have Sheva hit the stumbling Majini back with a Twist Kick or Knee (in this case from behind). The character that starts this sequence on a Majini will receive a special tag team melee command when the Majini bounces back toward that character. Always remember that the Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side, so let's say if Chris performs a Kick from behind a Majini then Sheva must perform a Twist Kick from the front to bounce it back toward Chris. If either Chris or Sheva hit a Majini from the same side that was used to begin the melee sequence then that character will perform their head stun melee attack (Straight or Roundhouse), which will instantly end the sequence and bring about much woe for the character that wanted the special command. Comments: This stun lasts about as long as a lower leg stun (crouching animation), but the enemy will begin the stun by staggering in a direction then that Majini will stand in place while stunned for a few seconds, so be sure to run quickly to get in your melee attack. --> PARTNER ASSIST MELEE BOUNCE FROM PARTER ACTION COMMAND Partner Assist Melee + melee from in front of or behind Stun animation(s): .-----------------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from a partner assist melee | '-----------------------------------------------' Detailed Example: If Chris saves Sheva from a Majini that has grabbed her through Chris' partner assist melee attack (Overhead Punch) then Sheva can quick turn and run behind the staggering Majini then knee it back toward Chris. Chris can make use of the same sequence by quickly kicking a Majini back toward Sheva after she has performed a roundhouse to knock one off of him. All of this depends upon how much health the Majini currently has much like an arm stun combination. A partner assist command that results from a Bui kichwa or Kipepeo grab will stagger any Majini that get in the way as well. Comments: This stun is best performed on a full health Majini and one that is stronger than some of the weak Majini found in the early stages. A Majini will not always stagger from a partner assist melee because these are more damaging than a simple arm stun, but if your character is the one being saved and you see the Majini stagger backward, quickly try to make use of the situation by running behind it and meleeing it back toward your partner. The camera is the main aspect that can mess up this sequence for the character being saved since the Majini will stagger behind that character. Just like with a normal bounce, a Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side that it was hit from or your character will only perform a head stun melee attack. You can think of the partner assist melee as an alternate arm stun melee. --> GROUND MELEE BOUNCE Ground Melee on fallen Majini (while another is to the side) + melee from in front of or behind the staggering standing Majini Stun animation(s): .---------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from a ground stomp | '---------------------------------------' Detailed Example: If Chris perform his melee Stomp on a Majini and another (standing) Majini happens to be right next to Chris' foot during the Stomp, the standing Majini will stagger backward from the hit much like being hit with an arm stun melee. A Sheva player could run up to the staggering Majini at that time and bounce it back toward Chris with a melee from behind or hit the Majini with a head stun melee from the front portion. Comments: This type of stun is very rare and hard to plan out. It basically depends on the aggressiveness and overall placement of a Majini. The Majini that the bounce is performed to has to be right next to the character that performs the ground melee when the actual hit is delivered in order to get bounced back by the ground melee attack. In this case, the ground melee would hit the Majini much like an arm stun and the partner will be free to interact with the staggering Majini by hitting it with a physical attack just like after an arm stun. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chris Melee Attack List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Input Command: Acton button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as listed) Majini shot in head (Chris in front or behind) = Straight Punch Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Hook Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Chris behind) = Kick Majini shot in leg = Uppercut Majini shot in leg (Chris behind) = Neck Break Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Haymaker Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Chris behind) = Back Hand Majini grounded = Stomp Majini grounded (Chris faces head) = Stomp (head crush) .-------------------------------------------------------------------. | Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance | | Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's | | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack | | will shatter an enemy's head | | Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives | '-------------------------------------------------------------------' NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses. TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one side and in close range and the command will appear when your character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks. TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again. --------------------------- Chris' Normal Melee Attacks --------------------------- - Straight Effect: Knockdown Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 400 Chris leans back and steps in with a heavy straight punch to his foe's face. - Hook Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 300 Chris steps forward and delivers a side punch to the enemy's top half. - Kick Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 300 Chris steps forward with a punt kick to his foe's back. - Uppercut Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description) Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 400 Chris ducks down and performs an uppercut to his opponent's jaw. If Chris performs this attack against a staggering enemy while another enemy is on the ground near the staggering enemy then Chris will uppercut the grounded enemy into the air as well. - Neck Breaker Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description) Type: Single Enemy Head Shatter: N/A Damage: Kill Chris grabs an enemy's head from behind then twists his foe's head to break his victim's neck. If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Chris or the victim. This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. - Stomp Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head) Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close) Head Shatter: None/100 chance (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head) Damage: 600 Chris holds up his leg then plants his size 13 Skecher shoe down on his opponent's face. If Chris is facing the foe's head while the foe is grounded, Chris will crush the head of the enemy. ----------------------------------- Chris' Partner Assist Melee Attacks ----------------------------------- NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Sheva as she is being held in place by an enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up and perform an additional melee attack. - Overhead Punch (when a Majini grabs Sheva) Effect: Knockdown/Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Majini assaults her then steps in with a heavy overhead punch that knocks away the enemy. - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Sheva) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Kipepeo assaults her then quickly slashes the parasite off her with his knife. - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Sheva) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around her then quickly slashes the parasite off her with his knife. ----------------------------- Chris' Tag Team Melee Attacks ----------------------------- - Haymaker Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Chris steps forward while gritting his teeth and delivers a head shattering straight punch to the enemy's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Hook" to a Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Knee" then Chris will get the "Haymaker" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him. The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's front side exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing him. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. - Back Hand Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Chris turns his back and readies both his arms while stepping forward then performs an extremely heavy backhand to the back of his victim's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Kick" to a Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Twist Kick" then Chris will get the "Back Hand" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him. The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's backside exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from him. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sheva Melee Attack List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Input Command: Action button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as listed) Majini shot in head (Sheva in front or behind) = Roundhouse Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Twist Kick Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Sheva behind) = Knee Majini shot in leg = Somersault Majini shot in leg (Sheva behind) = Throat Slit Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Skull Crusher Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Sheva behind) = Spinning Back Kick Majini grounded = Impale Majini grounded (Sheva faces head) = Impale(head crush) .-------------------------------------------------------------------. | Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance | | Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's | | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack | | will shatter an enemy's head | | Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives | '-------------------------------------------------------------------' NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses. TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one side and in close range and the command will appear when your character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks. TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again. ---------------------------- Sheva's Normal Melee Attacks ---------------------------- - Roundhouse Effect: Knockdown Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 350 Sheva hops into the air and lets loose a mid-air roundhouse kick to her foe. - Twist Kick Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 250 Sheva spins in place and delivers a straight kick that knocks back her opponent. - Knee Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 250 Sheva hops into the air then hits her opponent in the back with a jumping knee attack. - Somersault Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 350 Sheva performs a somersault and kicks the enemy with both of her feet as she flips. Much like Chris' uppercut, Sheva's somersault kick can hit a grounded foe that is right next to the enemy that she is performing the melee against. - Throat Slit Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description) Type: Single Enemy Head Shatter: N/A Damage: Kill Sheva holds her foe's neck from behind then uses her knife to slice the enemy's throat with her other hand. If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Sheva or the victim. This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. - Impale Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head) Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close) Head Shatter: None/100% chance (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head) Damage: 800 Sheva stands above her foe then takes out her knife and plunges the knife into whatever part of her foe's body she is currently facing. She gets up after the stab and swipes the knife to the side to wipe it clean of blood. ------------------------------------ Sheva's Partner Assist Melee Attacks ------------------------------------ NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Chris as he is being held in place by an enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up and perform an additional melee attack. - Sweeping Roundhouse (when a Majini grabs Chris) Effect: Knockdown/Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 450 Sheva faces Chris while a Majini assaults him then steps in with a roundhouse that sweeps across the area near Chris and knocks away the enemy. - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Chris) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Sheva faces Chris while a Kipepeo enemy assaults him then quickly slashes the parasite off him with her knife. - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Chris) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Sheva faces Chris while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around him then quickly slashes the parasite off of him with her knife. ------------------------------ Sheva's Tag Team Melee Attacks ------------------------------ - Skull Crusher Effect: Instant Kill Type: Single Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Sheva jumps into the air and plants both of her legs around her victim's head then performs a flip while still attached that plunges the enemy into the ground head first. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Twist Kick" to a Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Kick" then Sheva will get the "Skull Crusher" action command as the enemy stumbles toward her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's front side exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing her. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. - Spinning Back Kick Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 As her victim stumbles toward her, Sheva hops into the air a bit and spins then performs a heavy jump kick to the enemy's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Knee" to a Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Hook" then Sheva will get the "Spinning Back Kick" action command as the enemy stumbles toward her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's backside exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from her. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. ___________________ DISARMING AN ENEMY \___________________________________________________________ Aim at the arm and/or the hand that an enemy is using to hold a weapon and shoot the arm or hand to make the enemy drop the weapon. For two-handed weapons, you'll have to hit the main arm that the enemy grapples the weapon with - pay attention to the arm that the enemy continues to hold the weapon with after a swing and shoot that arm. The enemy will usually take one arm off the weapon eventually showcasing their main gripping arm (the one still holding the weapon). Enemies can also be disarmed through melee attacks and also from knocking them down. Sometimes knocking an enemy down will not disarm the enemy however. If an enemy is holding a glass bottle, your character can actually shoot the glass bottle to break it. The bottle can be completely shattered with two shots. You can simply make the enemy drop the bottle by shooting its arm, but what fun would that be? Enemies with a glass bottle will break the glass bottle by hitting your character also. ___________________ CRITICAL HEADSHOTS \___________________________________________________________ Shooting an enemy directly in the head with any weapon will sometimes automatically make the enemy's head explode regardless of how much damage the enemy has sustained. This technique is known as a "Critical Headshot". AI Sheva will comment on Chris' outstanding shot if you manage to perform this while she is nearby and you can comment on this when another player does this by tapping the Assist button seconds after the player performs a critical headshot. NOTE: A headless enemy still has the potential to attack your character. For instance, if an enemy is beginning an overhead swing with a pipe and its head is popped then that pipe swing can still hit your character. ______________________ PARTNER COMMUNICATION \________________________________________________________ --> What's so effective about communicating with your partner? Well, in a single player game it becomes a necessity if you want to receive help from your partner. For instance, while your character is held in place with a grab, an AI partner will sometimes not knock off the attacking enemy until your character issues the command for help by tapping the Assist button; at that time your AI partner will instantly knock off the enemy. In a co-op game, your partner is not always going to use voice chat; some will not have a mic, some might prefer not to use one, and some might not speak English, so communicating via button commands becomes much more important. There are a few other communication methods that can be used besides the standard B button press as well such as pointing with the laser point on your gun. --> The Partner Assist Button (O or B) The partner assist button will normally call your partner toward your controlled character when the button is pressed. Here is the list of commands that can be issued. (NOTE: In Single Player mode, only the Cover and Attack commands may be issued) .--------------------------------------------------------------. | Actions Performed With Assist | Type of Assist | | Button | | |==============================================================| | Tap | Cover | | Hold and up on the D-pad | Attack | | Hold and left on the D-pad | Thank | | Hold and right on the D-pad | Come Here | | Press RS and LS or L3 and R3 at | * Extra animation (taunt) | | the same time | | | Tap B or O after certain | ** Additional Response | | animations | | '--------------------------------------------------------------' * This particular animation will not affect the AI partner. Most gamers see it as a taunt animation. Performing it will sometimes make an enemy target your character if it is attacking a partner. ** Certain animations include the following: Tap (or tap and hold) the Assist button during these specific animations to have your character respond: - when an enemy has grabbed your character - while your character is in dying status - while your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area) - when your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY WEAPON) - partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner handgun or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical headshot) - partner gives your character an item - partner heals your character - partner resuscitates your character - partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold) - partner is in dying status - partner performs a request - partner performs an action command - partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump pose - partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main character) - partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON BOSSES] - partner melee attacks an enemy with a special co-op melee attack - partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a partner assist melee attack. ---------- Cover/Call ---------- Command: Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad down (single player) Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad right (co-op) Your character waves his/her hand and motions for the partner to come toward the character or step away from a current position. In both modes, the character will shout "Come on". In co-op mode, the command is changed to "Call" instead of "Cover". --> Single Player: While in Cover mode, your AI partner will always keep up with your main character. The AI partner will be ready to heal your character, give that character ammo, and knock off any enemies that grab your character (if you tap the assist button) most of the time. The AI partner will not venture off to itself and will usually only pick up items that are near your character. --> Co-op Use the Call command to get your partner's attention when you need the character to move toward your character in order to pick up an item or simply to join up with your character. This is a good command to use when you want to give your partner an item or heal your partner. You can also use this if you want your partner to follow your character to a certain location. Simply take the lead and stop every now and then to issue the command. --------------- Attack/Send Out --------------- Command: Hold Assist then D-pad up Your character shouts "Go!" then waves his/her hand forward to tell the partner to move out. In co-op mode the command is changed to "Send Out" instead of "Attack" but the command input stays the same. --> Single player The AI partner will scout ahead just a bit when this Attack command is issued. The AI partner will separate from your character and fight the surrounding enemies itself when a battle takes place. This can be a dangerous mode to have the AI partner in since the character will not be near your character for support unless the AI partner is called back with the assist button. The AI partner is more likely to pick up items in the surrounding area while in this mode, so be ready to request the items from the AI partner if that character picks up something that you would like. --> Co-op Your character will shout out "Go!" normally which should let your partner know to advance further. Use this when you want your partner to move on ahead or move to another are. Simply face one way then perform this command over and over. This is perfect when you want to use your partner as bait to lead a certain foe away from your character while attempting to shoot an enemy. It's most useful against mid-boss type enemies, especially the Chainsaw Majini. ----- Thank ----- Command: Hold Assist then D-pad left. Your character will nod and say "Thanks" to your partner. --> Single Player This action is not available in single player mode. --> Co-op It never hurts to thank your partner whenever your partner gives your character some ammo, an item or heals your character. You could also be a sarcastic bastard and tell your partner thanks after he/she sets off a trap that your character gets caught in... Thank you for setting off that explosion right when the nearby Majini grabbed my character. You sure showed him! ---- Halt ---- Your character shouts out "Wait" and holds up his/her arm then makes a fist for the partner to hold the current position. Command: Hold Assist then D-pad down --> Single Player This action is not available in single player mode. --> Co-op This is good to use when you need to catch up to the other player in order to give that character ammo or heal that character or maybe you want to throw a grenade up ahead to finish off a group of enemies instead of having your partner charge in. You could also use this to possibly make your partner cancel an action button prompt command such as a Partner Assist Jump. "No, I don't want to jump up there." -------------------------------------- Pointing with your Gun's Laser Pointer -------------------------------------- While playing online without voice chat, simply have a gun equipped and aim with it then point at an object that you want to show your partner. This is an excellent way to point your partner toward ammo that you want your partner to pick up or you might want to point out some hidden BSAA emblem or other object to your partner. On the flip side, if you ever see your partner standing in place and pointing at an object with the gun's laser pointer, then have a look at what that character is pointing at; you might be surprised. --------------------------- Character Partner Responses --------------------------- Command: Assist button during the actions listed below NOTE: Comments that respond to commands, certain actions or an item given by the partner must be initiated up to 3 seconds after the partner action is performed or your character will simply toss out a normal command that will look out of place. .------------------- MAJOR TIP FOR PERFORMING A RESPONSE ---------------------. | In order to keep your character from accidentally saying "Come on" press | | and hold the assist button for about two seconds when you want your | | character to respond. This is best done when you're unsure if you're | | character will respond to a command or not, especially in the case of a | | partner's critical headshot. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> When an enemy has grabbed your character Chris: "Help!" "Help me out here!" Sheva: "I need your help!" "Help me!" --> While your character is in dying status Chris: "Heeeelp me!" "I'm not gonna' make it!" Sheva: "I need heeeelp!" "Help!" --> While your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area) Chris: "Sheva!" "Come on!" "Hurry!" Sheva: "Chris!" "Come on!" "Hurry up!" --> When your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY WEAPON). Chris: "I need ammo" Sheva: "I need ammo" --> While reloading (SINGLE PLAYER ONLY - AI partner performs this randomly) Chris: "Reload!" Sheva: "Reload!" --> Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner handgun or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical headshot) Chris: "Great shot!" "Good work!" "Nice work!" Sheva: "Nice shot!" "Good work!" "Nice work!" NOTE: In order to get a critical headshot, the partner must shatter the head of the enemy instantly through gunfire. Critical headshots are random and they look just like a normal head pop. You can get critical headshots with the rifle even though it is a guaranteed headshot when aimed at the head. Most of the time, a head explosion from a handgun is a critical headshot. You can only respond to handgun or rifle critical headshots. If you've ever unsure about a critical headshot either press and hold the assist button or press down on the aiming button and the Assist button at the exact same time to avoid saying "Come on". You can also try to enter any other animation such as a reload, item pickup, gunshot, quick turn, or taunt when your partner shatters a head then quickly press the Assist button. If your character doesn't respond during any of those methods then it wasn't a critical headshot and you won't accidentally issue a "Come On" action from out of nowhere - accidentally saying "Come on" for no reason sort of shatters your cool streak. --> Partner gives your character an item --> Partner heals your character --> Partner resuscitates your character --> Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold) Chris: "Thanks for the help." "Much appreciated." "Thanks." Sheva: "Thanks partner." "I owe you one." "Thanks." --> Partner is in dying status Chris: "I'm coming!" "Hold on!" Sheva: "I'm coming!" "Hold on!" --> Partner performs a request --> Partner performs an action command --> Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump pose Chris: "Roger" "Ok." Sheva: "Roger." "Ok." --> Partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main character) Chris: "I can't right now." "Out of the question!" "I'd rather not." Sheva: "I can't right now!" "Forget it!" "You can't be serious!?" --> Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON BOSSES] --> Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack --> Partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a partner assist melee attack. Chris: "That'll work!" "Good job!" "Nice!" Sheva: "Nice teamwork!" "That's good!" "Excellent!" "Chobenbeznaz!" NOTE: While performing a tag team melee attack sequence, the person that actually gets the chance to perform the tag team melee attack can quickly press the Assist button to respond as the Majini staggers toward that character from second melee attack in the sequence. Once the tag team melee attack is performed then the partner that isn't performing the special melee command can respond. So basically when Chris knocks a Majini toward Sheva with a Hook then Chris can respond right after Sheva's Knee melee attack. Once Chris performs the Haymaker in that sequence, Sheva can respond to his tag team melee attack. After a partner assist melee attack has been performed (during a Majini grab) the partner that performed the partner assist melee attack can respond if the partner attacks the bounced Majini with a normal melee attack - much like the tag team attack bouncing response. --> Single Player The response for when an enemy has grabbed your character is very important to use in a single player game. If the order is not issued, then your AI partner will sometimes simply ignore your main character as the enemy continues the hold most of the time. Using the assist button to call your AI partner toward your main character during dying status is extremely useful as well. Other than that single command, there is really no need to yell out a comment during a single player game, but it does look kind of cool. It's as if AI controlled Sheva and my player controlled Chris Redfield are more in-tune with each other. We're partners now, my dear AI Sheva, till the end... now stop taking my ammo and get your ass out of my way while I'm aiming. --> Co-op Even in co-op play, there is not too much use for comments outside of asking for help when grabbed or in dying status. You've mainly got to rely on your partner's knowledge of the game and skill - with these values in place, you shouldn't have to ask for help that much at all. The comment commands can be used to build up the confidence of your partner or just simply to show off your knowledge (uber skillz) of the game. ---------------------------------------- Ordering Your Partner to Pick up an Item ---------------------------------------- (Single Player mode only) Command: Assist button while standing over an item pickup (with Sheva nearby) Phrases: Chris: "Take it." "You grab it." Sheva: "You can have it." "You take that." The "Partner picks up" action command will appear while standing over an item in single player mode while Sheva is nearby. This action tells your partner to grab the item that your character is standing near. This can only be done in single player mode and not co-op play. NOTE: To unlock Sheva as a playable main character, all chapters must be completed one time on any difficulty. ------------------------------------------------ Ordering Your Partner to Interact With an Object ------------------------------------------------ (Single Player mode only) Command: Assist button while standing near an object that can be interacted with Phrases: Chris: "Sheva!" Sheva: "Chris!" The "Command Partner" action command will appear while standing near an object that your partner can interact with such as a bookcase that can be pushed in front of a door or window. This is very useful for tense situations such as barricading the building in the Public Assembly since Chris can order Sheva to push a bookcase while he pushes the other. Like the action above, this can only be done in single player mode and not co-op play. _______________ THE PARTNER AI \_______________________________________________________________ (Single Player mode only) The AI partner (Sheva in this case) has two possible modes of attack that it can be set to: --> Cover * Equips least damaging weapon * Stays near/follows Chris * Attacks less often * Automatically calls Sheva toward Chris (stops what she'd doing to join) Cover mode detailed features: While in cover mode, Sheva will always keep up with Chris. This is really the best mode to keep her in most of the time. - She will be ready to heal Chris most of the time if he is near death while she has a green herb. - She will quickly resuscitate Chris from dying status. - She will almost instantly respond to a partner action command if a Chris player presses the assist button while being grappled. If the assist button is not pressed she will usually stand and watch and VERY RARELY perform a partner assist melee attack to help Chris. - She will target a distance enemy that Chris aims at. Say, you see an enemy on a watch tower and aim at it with a rifle; Sheva will catch sight of it and fire on it as well. This has its advantages and disadvantages and you might imagine. She will sometimes blow your cover. - Attack any type of enemy with a melee attack that causes it to stagger/bounce then quickly run behind the enemy and Sheva will follow up with a melee attack of her own while following. It IS POSSIBLE to trick her into helping with a co-op melee attack sequence! It is also possible to make her perform one by quickly running behind a staggering enemy that she has hit in order to bounce the enemy back toward her. --> Attack * Equips her most damaging weapon * Usually separates from Chris to take her own route * Attacks more often * Automatically sends Sheva out for attack (she will move ahead) Attack mode features: While in attack mode, Sheva will usually separate from Chris. The most important tip I can give you for this mode is to have the mini-map open the WATCH THE PURPLE ARROW CLOSELY. Sheva can be reckless during this mode, so it's best to have an idea of her location. - Sheva will move about and collect items in the area. - Sheva will separate far away from Chris at times. - Sheva will attack more aggressively. Overall detailed features for both modes: - Sheva will melee attack an enemy that SHE has stunned and she will melee attack any enemy that has been bounced toward her. - Sheva will quickly give up any weapon or item that can be requested from her. --> Tricking the AI into performing a follow-up a melee attack So, let's say that your character just performed an arm stun melee (Hook, Kick, etc). You can get your AI partner (Sheva in this case) to perform a follow-up melee attack in two ways: 1) Face the Majini that has been melee attacked then issue the "Go" (Attack) command. Sheva will instantly run toward that Majini if she is not preoccupied and she will perform a follow-up melee attack upon making contact with the Majini. 2) While Sheva is under the "Come On" (Cover) command, run by the Majini that you have just melee attacked and Sheva will follow behind your character then hit the Majini with a melee attack along the way. This is most effective against boss type enemies that you want to double team such as the Executioner or a Chainsaw Majini. --> Equipping Your AI Partner It's really best to equip your AI partner with two weapons so you can easily order your partner to switch between the weapons during a battle. For instance, let's look at the setup below: AI Partner Inventory .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | Handgun | | Rifle | | Ammo (50) | | Ammo (30) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | M92F | | S75 | | (HG) | | (RIF) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' In the setup above, we see that the AI partner has both the M92F handgun and the S75 rifle in the partner's inventory. By issuing the "Cover" (Come on) command, the AI partner will equip the M92F handgun. The partner will usually only attack to defend itself or the main player. It will sometimes switch over to the S75 rifle during a battle, but it won't do this much. Once the partner is out of handgun ammo then it will switch over to the S75 rifle however. After issuing the "Attack" (Go) command, the AI partner will equip the S75 rifle immediately and will attack more aggressively. It will only switch back to the handgun if all rifle ammo is consumed. TIP: The S75 rifle is one of the most perfect weapons to give to the AI partner since its rate of fire will restrict the partner from spamming constant bullets, the power is rather high for a rifle and the AI partner is really good at precision aiming. Also, just in general, it's a good idea to keep the partner with a rifle. The partner can carry a rifle that your character can request for usage when needed. The rifle is needed throughout the game at key points, but it's not the best weapon for an intense up-close battle, so give a rifle to your AI partner to help save on your own inventory space and request it when needed. _________ TAUNTING \_____________________________________________________________________ Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick at the same time (R3 + L3/RS + LS) Phrases: Chris: (leans forward and motions with left hand) "Come on! Come on!" Sheva: (leans forward and whistles) Chris and Sheva have their own unique taunts that can affect enemy behavior. When a taunt is used on an enemy that is focused on attacking another player, the enemy will sometimes turn and focus its attention on the taunting player. This is useful for luring an enemy out of a certain area and especially useful for setting up a co-op melee attack. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Another way to perform a taunt is to push in on the right thumbstick and | | hold it down then push in on the left thumbstick. This will keep a player | | from having to press both thumbsticks down at the same time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' __________ RELOADING \____________________________________________________________________ Command: With a gun equipped, hold the Aiming button to aim then tap the Run button to reload your currently equipped gun. So long as you have ammo, your character will reload the current weapon. The reload animation can be cancelled early by performing a melee attack during the animation. See the Advanced Techniques section further below. NOTE: You can also reload through your inventory. Choose the appropriate ammo for a gun in your arsenal then choose to combine the ammo with the gun. You can also press the action button while highlighting the ammo in the inventory then move it over the gun and press the action button again for quick combine instead of cycling through the menu options. You can actually pull up the inventory and quickly reload during many character animations such as a melee attack. See the Advanced Techniques section for more details on this. _______________________ MOVING INVENTORY ITEMS \_______________________________________________________ When the inventory menu is open, highlight any item then press the Action button to select it. Once selected, move the item to an empty slot and press the Action button again to drop the item into the slot. This is very useful for placing items onto fast equip slots. ___________________ DISCARDING AN ITEM \___________________________________________________________ In the inventory menu, highlight an item then press the Run button to pull the command menu and select "Discard". Once an item is discarded, it will be permanently deleted from your inventory menu, so be careful what you discard. Any item including weapons can be discarded. ________________ COMBINING ITEMS \______________________________________________________________ Choose an item from the inventory menu then press the action button over the item and move it over another item then press the action button again to combine the two. A player can also select an item with the run button and then use the "Combine" command to combine it with another item after highlighting another. The green herb and red herb may be combined for a full healing spray or two green herbs can be combined for a moderate healing spray. It is also possible to combine ammo with guns like in the classic RE titles. Select the ammo then combine it with the proper weapon to reload it via the inventory. Remember that you have select the AMMO first and not the gun. Selecting the gun first will only rearrange the placement of the gun and ammo, while selecting the ammo first will combine the two for a reload if the gun needs reloading. If the gun doesn't need reloading then the items will swap slots. ___________ FAST EQUIP \___________________________________________________________________ Command: D-pad Up, Right, Down and Left Upon opening your inventory, notice that the top center, bottom center, right center and left center inventory slots all have arrows on them. The arrows represent the D-pad direction that you can push to equip the item in that slot. You can place weapons, items or ammo in the slots then press the corresponding D-pad direction during gameplay to quickly equip that item. You'll more than likely want to place guns in these slots, but you can also place grenades or other items in these slots to help out as well. _______________________________ DISPLAYING PARTNER'S INVENTORY \_______________________________________________ Command: Map button while your inventory is displayed While displaying your character's inventory, press the Map button to display your partner's inventory. From this menu, you can request items from your partner by highlighting them and selecting the "Request" option. To hide your partner's inventory once it is displayed, press the Map button again. _____________ GIVING ITEMS \_________________________________________________________________ --> By opening the menu An item can be given to your partner by opening up the inventory menu and highlighting the item. Select the item and press the Run button to bring up a menu then select "Give" and press the confirm button. A partner must be near your character in order for the command to be successful. The "Give" command will not be highlighted if your partner is not close enough. --> By equipping an item Open up the inventory menu and equip an item such as ammo, a green herb, or a grenade. Run up to your partner while they are nearby and the "Give" command will appear in a button prompt (Assist button). Press the Assist button that is displayed next to the Give command and your character will hand over the item to your partner. The only items that cannot be given to your partner through this method is a gun weapon - you'll have to use the alternative method listed above for giving a weapon. This method is really more useful during a co-op game since your partner might not always stand near your character as you open your inventory menu. NOTE: You can give and receive gun weapons from you partner during the actually gameplay in single player mode. For online co-op play, players cannot exchange gun weapons during gameplay. --> Giving Ammo Whenever ammo is given to your partner, the amount of ammo handed over depends upon the type of ammo. There is no way to switch the amount given to a greater or lesser number. Here is a table that illustrates the amount of ammo given per give command. .------------------------. | Shotgun Shells = 10 | | Rifle Ammo = 10 | | Handgun Ammo = 30 | | Machine Gun Ammo = 100 | | Grenade Rounds = 6 | | Magnum Ammo = 6 | '------------------------' For grenades and proximity bombs, a character will hand over up to 5 at a time per give. For all other items, your character will hand over one of each; such as an egg. ______________________________ YOUR PARTNER'S AVAILABLE AMMO \________________________________________________ If you look to the left (or right with Sheva players) of your partner's life gauge a number next to a bullet icon shows how much ammo the partner has in that partner's inventory for the currently equipped weapon (the ammo inside the currently equipped weapon doesn't count). This can help you to see how much ammo your partner has left over in reserve and if you need to give your partner any extra ammo. ________ HEALING \______________________________________________________________________ --> Healing items and Herb combinations The following herbs and healing items yield the results displayed below when used: .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------. | Rotten Egg | -50% health for one character | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Green Herb | Light health recovery for one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | White Egg | Light health recovery for one character | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Green Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Moderate health recovery one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Brown Egg | Moderate health recovery for one | | | character | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Gold Egg | Full health recovery for one character | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Red Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Full health recovery for one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | First Aid Spray | Full health recovery for one or both | | | characters | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' * Use the inventory to combine a green herb with another green herb or a red herb. --> Healing your character In order to heal your character, open up the inventory menu then equip a green herb or other healing item. While holding the item, press the Action button to heal yourself. You can also, simply choose "Use" after selecting an item. --> Healing your partner/Group healing Healing your partner is done the same way as healing yourself, by equipping or using the healing item, but your partner must be near so that the "Restore Health" command changes to the "Heal Partner" command. Your character will spray the partner with the healing substance and both characters will benefit from the healing mixture. It is almost always best to find your partner and perform a team healing instead of healing yourself, unless you are near death and your partner is not in the immediate location of course. --> Healing with an Egg In order to heal with an egg, equip the egg then use the "Eat" command. Eggs only replenish the user's health and not the partner's health. The animation for eating an egg is slightly longer than an herb or first aid spray healing animation. Also, keep in mind that the rotten egg will take away health, so don't eat it. A rotten egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy for 2,000 points worth of damage, which is around the same as a magnum shot! _____________ DYING STATUS \_________________________________________________________________ In Resident Evil 5, the "Danger" status from the old Resident Evils has been replaced by a status known as "Dying". When your character is hit by an attack that places them in extremely low health, a cutscene will play for both characters to see as the character receives the near fatal blow and that character will yell out a phrase revealing that the character is close to death, such as "I'm not gonna' make it". A reddish glow will appear on the dying player's screen and the partner will be alerted to that character's location by a red target mark when that character is targeted. The dying character will not be able to perform any type of commands or access the inventory; the dying character can only stagger slowly in one direction. The partner must run toward that character and heal the character with the tap of the Assist button when the "Resuscitate" or "Heal" command appears while standing next to the dying character. One of two heals will take place: --> Heal through a recovery item If your character currently has a recovery item in the inventory then the recovery item will automatically be used to heal both characters like normal. Unlike the normal resuscitation through an adrenaline boost shot, your characters are NOT invincible during this recovery item healing animation and the heal is NOT instant. So say if the Executioner takes a swing at both of you while you're healing your partner in front of him, well, then it's all over thanks to the lack of invincibility through a recovery item heal. Basically, make sure that all threats are away from the dying character or you'll both suffer the consequences. Also, keep in mind that if you press the button prompt to heal with a recovery item when the partner's life is extremely low, your character may pull out the health item and begin to spray but the healing item effect will not kick in quick enough since the dying character's life will constantly drop; the partner may die as the spray hits him/her. The only real plus side to a recovery item heal is that both characters will benefit from that item's recovery feature. --> Heal through adrenaline boost shots (Resuscitation) If your character does not have a recovery item, then your character will grab the dying character's shoulder and quickly give the dying character a shot of adrenaline to boost that character back into action. This shot will not restore as much health as an herb but the adrenaline boost shots are infinite! Always drop everything and rush to your partner's rescue when the partner is in a dying state. If a character is hit by an enemy attack during a dying state then that character will most likely die. The character's remaining health is constantly lowering while in a dying state and if that character is left unhealed for too long then the character will automatically die from full loss of life. When one character dies then the game is over for both players on co- op play and for the main player on single play. If both characters enter the dying state around the same time then the game will automatically end since neither can perform a resuscitation. During single player mode, it is best to keep your partner in "Cover" mode to make sure that the partner keeps up with your character so whenever either of you enters the dying state, then the other will not be far off. This will help you to resuscitate each other much more easily. During co-op play, you need to always have an idea of where your character is through the mini-map so your character can resuscitate at a moment's notice. If you can't find your partner then use the lock-on button to immediately lock-on to that character's location in order to pinpoint the precise location of that character. _____ GUNS \_________________________________________________________________________ This is a general gun list with a brief look at the most common gun types in Resident Evil 5. A description of each gun type is located in the weapons section. --> Handgun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 50 Ammo Variety: Handgun Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button The Handgun is really one of your best weapons. The ammo for it is very common, it packs quite a punch per shot and it can easily set enemies up for a melee attack if the enemy is shot in a specific area of the body. The only real flaw is that it is not as damaging as the other weapons when fighting a group, but you can really diminish that weakness by setting up an enemy for a melee attack with a single shot then rushing in with a melee attack to knock down or stagger the entire group. --> Shotgun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30 Ammo Variety: Shotgun Shells Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button As usual the shotgun has more power from close range and less power from long range. It's quite surprising how useful it can be from long range if you're aiming is precise however. The shotgun's spread fire makes it the best choice for a crowd of enemies. Aim for a normal enemy's head and you'll quite frequently blow that enemy's head clean off with a single shot or take major damage from that enemy. --> Rifle Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30 Ammo Variety: Rifle Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Zoom: Hold Aim button + move right thumbstick up (zoom in) or down (zoom out) Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button When it comes to precision aiming from a distance, the rifle is your absolute best choice. The rifle packs quite a punch per shot and can shoot through multiple enemies that are standing in a line. Aim for the head of a normal enemy to get a guaranteed head explosion per shot. Thanks to its damage, its actually very useful from close range. The main flaws with this weapon is its lengthy reload time (which can be solved through inventory reloading) and limited vision while in scope mode. --> Machine Gun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150 Ammo Variety: Machine Gun Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Auto-fire: Hold Aim button + hold Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button The Machine Gun lets loose a rapid fire that can easily spam a single or group of enemies with gunfire rather easily. It eats through ammo fast, but simply spraying this weapon over a crowd leaves a little bit of love for everyone - basically, every hit staggers a normal enemy, so a simple rapid fire while waving this weapon in front of a crowd will stagger all of them thanks to the extremely fast rate of fire. This weapon eats through ammo very quickly and its reload time is rather lengthy, so be sure to change to another weapon quickly if an enemy is still nearby when the weapon is low in ammo. Much like the handgun, this weapon can easily stagger an enemy to set the enemy up for a melee attack. You need to learn to simply tap the trigger if you want to take advantage of this technique though. Did you ever use the TMP in Resident Evil 4? It was a pretty good substitute for a handgun much like the Machine Gun can be in Resident Evil 5 if used properly. When using this weapon against a group of enemies, spray them with gunfire to stun them all then run up and melee attack one of the enemies that is in a stun pose that will give your character a melee attack prompt. --> Magnum Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150 Ammo Variety: Magnum Ammo The Magnum lets loose an extremely powerful and damaging blast per shot fired. It can usually penetrate multiple foes (that stand in a row) and armor with its piercing properties and the magnum is the most effective gun for hitting a bosses weak point when a precise shot can be made. Magnums can also be a very powerful long range weapon when aimed properly. The only real flaw with the magnum is that its ammo is not always readily available like other weapons. The rate of fire is not always extremely fast but the first two magnums found in the game have an overall good rate of fire slightly above a handgun's rate of fire. One magnum in particular has a lower rate of fire equal to that of a shotgun but the damage it can take can make up for it. --> Grenade Launcher Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 12 Ammo Variety: Acid Rounds, Electric Rounds, Explosive Rounds, Flame Rounds, Flash Rounds, Nitrogen Rounds A grenade launcher can be equipped with quite a variety of different grenade ammo types and is best used against grouped enemies since each ammo type produces a spreading effect that will damage an entire group. Each round has its own specific use for each specific enemy type. Explosive Rounds are best used for normal enemies while Flash Rounds will instantly stun normal enemies or defeat a whole group of parasitic enemies much like a flash grenade. Flame Rounds produce a burning effect like an incendiary grenade, electric rounds stun targets with electricity, and Nitrogen rounds will actually freeze most normal enemies, allowing one to shatter the frozen enemy with another weapon or a melee attack from close range. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADVANCED BASICS [BS02] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________________ TRICKS AND ADVANCED TECHNIQUES \_______________________________________________ --------------- Frame Canceling --------------- Both of the following techniques require your character to perform a melee attack during the actual animation listed. The melee attack will cancel the current action with the same results as if the full animation occurred. This will also place your character into a temporarily invincibility frame thanks to the usual invincibility during a melee attack. Both Chris and Sheva can take advantage of these techniques shortly before performing any of their melee attacks, including the ground melee hit and the partner assist melee attack (hold breaker). Both of these methods are extremely useful during intense fights. --> Reload Frame Canceling Make sure that the melee attack button prompt appears first then reload in front of an enemy that is stunned. During any portion of the reload animation hit the Action button to instantly end the reload animation and cancel into a melee attack. The reload will still take place but the animation will be cancelled early and this will give your character a full reload. --> Gunshot Frame Canceling This can really only be done effectively against tough enemies such as the Executioner or the Chainsaw Majini. Run up to the enemy as the enemy is in a stunned state and watch for the melee attack button prompt. Fire off a shot with your weapon, preferably the shotgun or rifle then press the Action button to cancel the shot animation and instantly perform a melee attack. This is extremely useful against the Executioner since spamming him with gunfire is what counts when trying to defeat him. NOTE: In order for this to work, the RT or R1 button must be the gunshot fire button. You cannot perform this cancel with Type A or C controls. If the X or [] button is used to fire the shot then your character will automatically perform a melee attack instead. --------------------------------------------------------- Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations --------------------------------------------------------- Learn to take advantage of certain actions when pulling up the inventory menu. The following actions will allow you to pull up the inventory menu while the character is in the middle of the animation and most of these animations will leave your character invincible to attacks. - the moment when your character tosses off or receives a hit from a grappling enemy - after sustaining a hit - while climbing a ladder - while vaulting over an obstacle/jumping/jumping through a window - while quick turning (NOT INVINCIBLE) - in between gunshots (NOT INVINCIBLE) - during a melee attack, ground melee or partner assist melee - while reaching down to pick up an item - while healing (NOT INVICIBLE) - during reloading animations (NOT INVINCIBLE) NOTE: The full animation for some of these instances must be fully finished before an item can be equipped, but anytime during the animation, you can have the "Equip" option ready to trigger as the animation ends. So, say if a player jumps through a window, the player can select an item and pull up the equip option, but the player can't actually equip the item until the player's character fully stands. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- A Closer Look at Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Here is a full list of the animations described above along with a detailed description of how to take advantage of them: --> The Moment When Your Character Tosses Off or Receives a Hit from a Grappling Enemy The instant the animation triggers for when your character has either won or lost the struggle against a grappling enemy, you can quickly pull up the inventory during the remainder of that struggle. --> After Sustaining a Hit The moment your character gets hit, take this time to cycle through the inventory if needed since your character will have to recover regardless. Some hits cause characters to stagger more than others, such as attacks from behind. --> While Climbing a Ladder Ladder climbing animation can be rather long, so pull up the inventory and cycle through it if needed during the climb. --> While Vaulting Over an Obstacle/Jumping/Jumping Through a Window Pull up the inventory during the middle of a vaulting or jumping animation and you can quickly manage items while the character is flying through the air or recovering from the action. The animation of busting through a window that has not been shot out is your best bet for taking advantage of this. Your character will still be invincible for a slight second after landing from the jump to give you time to cycle through the inventory. --> While Quick Turning The animation for a quick turn is rather fast, but you might have time to quickly pull up the inventory and reload during the actual turn. Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> In Between Gunshots This is best performed with the shotgun or rifle, and it's best to reload the current weapon through inventory while attempting this. See "Reloading Through the Inventory Menu" further below for more info on actually performing the inventory reload. You can literally reload per shot fired if you're quick enough. Never go through another reload animation again! Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> During a Melee Attack, Ground Melee or Partner Assist Melee This will vary between the two characters thanks to their different melee animations. The inventory menu can be pulled up directly after each melee attack has been initiated which allows you to quickly move through the menu while performing the invincible animation. Chris and Sheva's instant death melee attacks (neck breaker and throat slit) are two of the best melee attacks to use when pulling up the inventory during a melee animation, but any melee attack can be taken advantage of in this way. During a Partner Assist Melee, quickly pull up the inventory and equip some ammo to give to your partner if you have extra ammo for a gun that they carry or equip a green herb if the partner needs healing. This is the perfect time to do so. --> While Reaching Down to Pick up an Item Equip the item almost instantly when it appears in inventory after picking it up after pulling up the inventory during the item pickup animation! --> While Healing Whenever you perform a self or partner heal, pull up the inventory and cycle through it if needed. Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> During Reloading Animations Your character IS NOT INVINCIBLE during a reload animation, but unless you cancel the animation through a melee attack, you're going to have to watch the full animation, so why not take advantage of it and pull up the inventory menu then cycle through it. -------------------- Invincibility Frames -------------------- These are frames of animation when your character is completely or partially (during a certain point) invincible to any type of enemy attack. Your character cannot be controlled once these animations have started up till the point that they stop; the inventory menu can be pulled up during most of these animations however - keep that in mind. Some of these obviously cause your character to lose health, but the character can't be hit with any other attack during that time. Here's the full list of invincibility animations before I go into detail: - While grabbing an item - While jumping from a platform/vaulting over an object - Giving an item - Performing a melee attack - While recovering from an attack - Resuscitation (cannot pull up inventory during this) - While grounded - While on fire (burning animation) - While electrified (shocking animation) - While holding up arms to block debris from an explosion - While performing a partner action (hoisting animations) - Door kick animation - During a hold, when your character is winning/losing the struggle ------------------------------------- A Closer Look at Invincibility Frames ------------------------------------- Here is the full list of invincibility frames described above along with an in- depth description of taking advantage of each: --> Grabbing an Item The characters are invincible from the moment they reach down or forward to grab an item up until the moment they recover from the animation and stand in place. This actually gives use to picking up an unneeded item. Time a pickup to when an enemy swings and the attack will go right through your character. It's as if your character sees something shiny on the ground then reaches down to grab it, unknowingly ducking an enemy attack. - Types of Item Grabs: Item on Ground - The character crouches down to pick up the item and then stands back up. This is one of the most effective means of dodging an enemy attack. When an area is littered with grounded items, you can keep grabbing the items even as a whole crowd of enemies surround your character and also use the invincibility animation to quickly avoid a sudden lunge or any other type of attack. Item on Shelf or Other Object - The character reaches to grab the item then pulls his/her hand back. This animation is much shorter than a ground item pickup animation, so you don't really want to rely on the invincibility animation here. --> Jumping/Falling/Vaulting From the moment that a jump/fall/vault command is issued, the character cannot be hit during the animation but sometimes there are a few recovery frames at the end of the movement that leaves the character open to attacks. Keep in mind that all of these animation for each character will stagger an enemy if the characters make contact with an enemy during the jump. All of them can even break a hold! - Types of Jumps Long Jump - The character jumps and flies through the air then lands on another platform. This one has some recovery animation at the end of the jump that can get you hit so make sure that an enemy is not approaching the area when your character goes to jump. Lunge then Tuck and Roll - When your character jumps through a window that is not broken, the character will bash into the glass while performing a roll then land on the ground on the other side. The interesting part about this animation is that the character will actually knock down any enemy that is in his/her path, so you can follow this up with a ground melee. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump. Vault - The character grabs the side of a wall or railing then hops over the obstacle. This one can be interesting because of the way that the character will swing his/her legs to the side while hopping over an object. The wide leg swing can stagger enemies rather well. Drop - The character leans over then falls down a platform to the floor below. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump. --> Giving an Item While a character is handing an item to a partner, the character is invincible until the full animation ends. These are very short animations but these should still be noted. Don't really rely on these, because much like healing with an herb, the invincibility animation is a bit questionable. --> Performing a Melee Attack Both characters are invincible during certain frames of each of their melee attacks. These also included assist button melee attacks that get an enemy off of your partner. Some of the attacks cause recovery animation that leaves the character open to attack but its usually not that much of a problem. --> While Recovering from an Attack Any time that your character is recovering from an attack, your character will be completely invincible to other enemy attacks until they fully recover. - Types of recovering positions Slight Stagger - The character staggers forward or backwards a bit as a hit is received. Heavy Stagger - The character stumbles forward while ducking a bit and trying to maintain the current standing position. Your character will have quite a bit more invincibility frames with this recovery when compared to the other. --> Resuscitation While performing a full resuscitation through an adrenaline boost when your partner is in a "dying" state, both characters will be completely invincible throughout the whole course of the animation. Healing with an herb still has the same unreliable invincibility frames. --> While Grounded The moment a character is knocked down to the ground through an explosion or being smacked upside the head with a shovel, that character is invincible while on the ground and while getting up from the knockdown. --> While on Fire (burning animation) While a character flails his/her arms and burns, that character is invincible... from any other attacks. --> While Electrified (shocking animation) While your character shakes while being electrified, the character is invincible from any other attack. If you see an attack coming and you see a live (electrified) transformer on the ground, then run into the transformer and suffer minimal damage and the attack will pass right through your character. If the Executioner begins to swing toward your character horizontally then you can quickly electrify yourself to avoid being knocked into dying status. --> While Holding up Arms to Block Debris from an Explosion When a character holds up his/her arms to block the debris rain from an explosive barrel or grenade, that character is invincible while doing so. One very interesting little exploit to try that is associated with this is to stand near an explosive barrel while enemies are around it then shoot the barrel with an acid round or other type of grenade round. Your character will get caught by the grenade ground explosion effect first, so if your character is far enough away then that character will simply hold up his/her arms to block the explosion of the grenade round and gain invincibility over the barrel explosion. --> While performing a partner assist action (hoisting animations) During the cutscenes where Chris helps Sheva over to another area, neither character can be hit. The characters can be hit when one stands in place without the other providing any sort of interaction however. --> Door Kick animation During the brief animation of kicking a door, your character will have a few frames of invincibility. --> During a Hold, When Your Character is Winning/Losing the Struggle Whenever your character is grabbed and a thumbstick icon appears on the screen, the grabbed character can still be hit by another grab up till the point where your character suddenly wins or loses the struggle. If your character pushes the enemy back or if the enemy wins the grab then your character is invincible during those animations. Keep in mind that there are two different grabs for a Majini (in front and behind) and one grab for a Kipepeo and they both have invincibility frames at the end. ------------------------------------ Reloading Through the Inventory Menu ------------------------------------ - Pull up the inventory menu - Select the desired ammo - Combine the ammo with the proper gun that needs reloading for an instant reload - Quickly cancel the inventory menu by pressing the assist button NOTE: A player can press the aiming button while an item or weapon is highlighted to cancel the inventory screen and equip the current item or weapon. Reloading via the inventory menu does not require your character to perform any reloading animation and it is instant. This can also be done while in the middle of melee attack or jump. It sure beats waiting through the long reload animation of the rifle. .-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------. | Take a look at the "Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character | | Animations" section and the "Invincibility Frames" section and know that a | | player can pull up the inventory to reload during each one of those, unless | | mentioned otherwise. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' - Inventory Reload with Ammo in the Middle Since your cursor will always start in the middle slot on the inventory grid for every time that you open the inventory menu, you can place the desired ammo in the middle of the inventory grid then place the corresponding gun to the immediate right, left, top middle or bottom middle slot, so you can quickly select the ammo upon opening the menu then press in either of those four directions to combine it quickly. When you reload through inventory, use the action button to quickly combine the ammo with the gun. For my setup, I always place shotgun or rifle ammo in my middle inventory slot then place the shotgun or rifle to the left of that slot, so basically, for every reload with the shotgun or rifle, I perform the following button sequence: Xbox 360 - Y, X, left, X, B (to cancel inventory) PS3 - /\, [], left, [], O (to cancel inventory) And my inventory menu looks much like the inventory menu shown below: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | Dragunov <--- Rifle | | | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' - Inventory Reload with Ammo on the Top Left and Right Sides Many players like to use this setup for inventory reloading: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | Rifle | |Machine Gun| | Ammo (50) | | Ammo (150)| | | | | | | |-----|-----+-----------+-----|-----| | | | | | | | v | | v | | Dragunov | | VZ61 | | SVD (RIF) | | (MG) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' Through the above display, we see that players have a gun on the right and left side of the middle portion of the inventory menu then they quickly pull up the inventory and select ammo from the top left or top right row then quickly combine it with the gun below the ammo. The above setup basically requires that your character reloads while in the middle of an animation. - A Combination of the Two Whenever I inventory reload, I use a mix of the two above and usually have ammo for a gun in the middle of my inventory along with a gun on the center right square with the ammo in the square above it. So here is a look at my usual setup: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | |Machine Gun| | | | Ammo (150)| | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----|-----| | | | | | | | | v | | Dragunov <--- Rifle | VZ61 | | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | (MG) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' As you can imagine, I have to perform a lot of adjustments constantly to gain the above inventory appearance, but it sure is worth it, especially in The Mercenaries mode. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reloading from the Inventory Menu while Firing or Performing a Melee Attack --------------------------------------------------------------------------- This is basically an extension of the above section, but I'd like to stress these two methods for intense battles: - Inventory Reloading During Gunshots While firing a weapon that has a slight delay in between shots such as the shotgun or rifle, you can quickly pull up the inventory between shots and reload by combining the ammo with the current gun before the firing animation ends. This is extremely useful in tense situations such as fighting the Executioner in the Public Assembly. I like to have the ammo in the middle slot on the inventory grid then quickly select it and then combine it with the nearby gun. - Inventory Reloading During Melee Attacks As already mentioned, you can reload through the inventory menu during a melee attack as well. Depending on the length of the animation, reloading through a melee attack is usually much easier than performing it during a gun blast AND the character will be invincible during the full animation of the melee attack so you have a slight edge if you accidentally screw up while cycling through the inventory. Both of these methods take some practice but they can lead to ultimate aggression when a shotgun is used! -------------------------------------------------------- Equipping an Item by Holding the Aim Button in Inventory -------------------------------------------------------- While the inventory menu is up, tap the Aim button while highlighting a gun or item and your character will automatically equip that item without the need of going through the text menu and the inventory menu will be canceled as your character equips the item in real time. This can help out quite bunch for quickly reloading from the inventory menu in tense situations since you might want to quickly equip a gun after reloading through combining while you're on the inventory menu, so simply hold the aiming button while equipping the desired gun to immediately cancel the inventory menu and aim with the selected weapon. ----------------------------------------------------- Immediate Lock-On and Fire When a Partner is Grappled ----------------------------------------------------- Whenever your partner is grappled by an enemy, immediately press and hold the lock-on button to face the partner then quickly aim while still holding the lock-on button and then fire your gun. This will instantly lock-on and allow your character to knock off any enemy that grapples your partner much quicker than having to turn and aim. ---------------------- Quick Side Turn Aiming ---------------------- (Control types A and C only) Command: While holding the right thumbstick to the right or left, press the Aim button when a weapon is equipped. Your character will quickly turn toward the viewpoint direction and aim when the aiming button is pressed. This technique can be used to aim to the side quickly. This is an old technique from Resident Evil 4. May hardcore RE fans that use Control Type A or C can really use this to their advantage for turning to face different directions. ------------------------------------------------ Immediate Melee Attack after Slashing With Knife ------------------------------------------------ (Control types A and C only) Since Control types A and C share the attack button with the melee prompt button, whenever your character is slashing an enemy with the knife, that character will immediately melee attack the enemy if the button prompt appears on the screen during the middle of the slashing. This is most useful for knife runs. If you use Type B or D controls then you'll have to constantly tap the Action button during slashes in order to quickly perform a melee attack. ----------------- Taunting an Enemy ----------------- Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick I've already mentioned this in the Basics section under Partner Communication but I want to stress it a bit more here. Taunting an enemy can be somewhat useful while setting an enemy up for a trap such as a co-op melee attack. Whenever a taunt is performed, an enemy will sometimes switch its focus toward the taunting character if the character is near the enemy. Taunting doesn't always work extremely well. Sometimes an enemy will not turn during a taunt. If it doesn't turn then get extremely close to the enemy and stand near it for a few seconds and it will turn eventually. ----------------------- Knife Slashing an Enemy ----------------------- Just like with the handgun or machine gun, the knife can easily set up an enemy for a melee attack. Slash the enemy in the head, top portion of the body or legs to possibly stun that enemy and set it up for a melee attack. The slashing animation can be cancelled just like a gunshot animation if the button prompt for a melee attack appears during the middle of a slash. You can also work an enemy into a corner then simply knife slash the enemy to death as the enemy continues to stagger into the wall after each slash. Try to stand above an enemy that is getting up and face the enemy so that a wall is to the enemy's back the start slashing when the enemy rises. You might also want to knife slash a grounded enemy for a (sometimes) quicker kill than a ground melee attack. Usually a ground melee attack works just as well but a knife slash might not take as long to finish off a severely weakened enemy instead of having to watch the full ground melee attack animation. --------------------------------------------------------- Knife Slashing or Attacking an Enemy that Climbs a Ladder --------------------------------------------------------- While an enemy climbs a ladder, that is enemy is completely defenseless, so you can easily shoot them to knock them off and they will take damage from the fall. You can also position your character directly in front of the top portion of the ladder and slash enemies with the knife when they attempt to reach the top. This is another old technique from Resident Evil 4. Another way to knock an enemy off of a tall ladder is to climb up the ladder once the enemy begins to climb the ladder. Your character will climb faster than the enemy and will knock the enemy off with your climbing animation. Seriously. --------------------- Leaping into an Enemy --------------------- Jumping into an enemy that is on the other side of an obstacle, other side of a gap or below your character will knock the enemy down or stagger the enemy if your character touches the enemy in any way while leaping. This can be used to break a grapple that an enemy currently has your partner in or it can be used to knock down the enemy for a ground melee attack. It can also be used to stagger a group of enemies that are in a crowd on the other side of an obstacle. My personal favorite use for this is to leap through a glass window to knock an enemy down then follow that up with a melee ground attack. Be careful while attempting this though, since your character will have some slight recovery animation which allows enemies to move toward your character and possibly attack before the recovery animation ends. Basically don't leap toward an approaching enemy that you are not going to hit. ---------------------------- Kicking a Door into an Enemy ---------------------------- Come again? Okay, so this is not really an "Advanced" technique, but your character can stand on the other side of a door and kick the door into an enemy on the other side. This will damage the enemy just a bit and knock it down. A door kick can be useful if an enemy is seen on the other side, but be forewarned that the enemy might quickly open the door and attack if your character waits too long before kicking the door. As already mentioned before, kicking a door will also make your character invincible during the full door kicking animation as well. ________________ TIPS AND TRICKS \______________________________________________________________ --------------- Co-op Play Tips --------------- - PARTNER LOCATION Know where your partner is at all times, and be ready to help out. Use the partner locator button to auto target your partner's location. It is so very important to have an idea of the your partner's location. Remember that if your partner dies, the game is over for both players. - POINTING WITH A GUN LASTER Whenever you see an item that you would rather have your partner pick up (your inventory is filled), stand and aim directly at the item and remain still. Your partner should get the message that you want them to pick up the item. If they don't then grab it and give it to them later or try to get your partner's attention through an assist command. - PARTNER COMMANDS Use partner commands a bunch if you don't have a headset. Partner commands are there for a reason, so use them. If your partner runs away from an item that you want them to collect then keep standing in place and calling them back with the assist button. Like I said above, aim down at the item and point at it with your laser pointer if your partner still doesn't get the picture. - GIVE SPARE AMMO TO YOUR PARTNER When you have an extra item that you have no use for, such as Machine Gun ammo when you don't have a Machine Gun, equip the item then run toward your partner and tap the B button when the "Give" button prompt appears to give your partner the ammo. - GROUP HEALING When you go to heal your character, make sure that your partner is nearby so that they will benefit from the heal. - DON'T SCREW UP A PARTNER'S FOCUS If your partner is shooting a Majini, don't aim for the same Majini and shoot it, since your partner might opt for a melee attack that you might screw up by shooting the same Majini during a stun animation. Would you let your fellow partners have their moments too? - BE CAREFUL ABOUT SETTING OFF EXPLOSIONS NEAR YOUR PARTNER Make sure that your partner is far enough away from a hazardous object before shooting the object. Red explosive canisters have gotten a much greater blast radius when compared to other Resident Evils. If you hit me with an explosion online then you damn well better heal me afterwards. If not, when the next Majini grabs your character, I'll come to your rescue by tossing a hand grenade at the Majini to break that bondage of love. I'll save you partner! - COVER THE SNIPER If your partner is performing precision aiming with a rifle then try to cover that player by shooting any enemies that try to get near him/her. - DEALING WITH RANDOM DEATHS Just because a player keeps on getting hit and keeps entering the Dying state doesn't always mean that they suck, they might just be trying harder than your character, especially on Public Assembly. When I fight the Executioner, I'm like a raging bull that must defeat him before Chris comments to Sheva about Kirk and sometimes my plans backfire on me because of the pesky Majini that get in the way which causes me to get hit... badly. All it takes is one Majini grab or one badly timed or accidental reload followed by one hell of a kerplunk from the big man himself to enter Dying status in the Public Assembly. - TAKE THE OTHER PLAYER'S ITEMS WHEN THE PLAYER LEAVES YOUR GAME Whenever a player is playing a chapter with you and that player suddenly leaves, the AI partner will immediately take control of that character. The AI partner will still have all the items that the player had. You can use that time to your advantage and request all of that player's ammo from the AI partner. Weapons can still not be exchanged during that game however. Once the next save point is reached, the inventory menu will appear before starting again and the AI partner will lose all of the inventory items that the player previously had. So basically, a player can hog all the ammo and explosives from another player after that player leaves and the AI takes over for their character. ------------------ Single Player Tips ------------------ - EXPLOITING THE "GO" COMMAND In single player mode, whenever your character performs a partner assist melee while the AI partner is being attacked by a Majini, quickly issue the "Go" command while facing the staggering Majini to make the AI partner run up and hit the staggering Majini with a second melee attack. The "Go" command can also be issued after hitting a boss enemy with a melee to make the AI partner perform a follow-up melee. This technique can also be done after hitting a Majini with an arm stun melee attack. This little exploit of the AI partner can go a long way in helping the main player. - EXPLOITING THE AI'S "COVER" MODE If your character hits en enemy with a an arm stun melee attack, quickly run toward the enemy and if the partner is set to "Cover" mode and following behind your character then the AI partner will hit the enemy as it staggers backward for a double team attack. This can also be used when fighting a strong enemy such as the Executioner and Chainsaw Majini since all melee attacks cause them to stagger. - LEAVE THE AI PARTNER WITH LITTLE AMMO If you find that your AI partner is wasting too much ammo, simply request the ammo from that character and leave that character with little ammo. Usually the AI partner is better with heavier weapons, especially the rifle. The AI partner tends to spam machine gun and handgun ammo. - KEEPING THE AI FROM SNATCHING AN ITEM If you see the AI partner run toward a breakable object and you don't want the partner to break it and take the item then run toward the object yourself. The AI partner will back off and let your character break the object and have the item. - TAKE ITEMS FROM THE AI PARTNER Request whatever items you need from your AI partner. Ask and you shall receive! The only item that an AI partner will not give up is a weapon that your character currently has in his/her own inventory. - USING THE AI PARTNER AS YOUR ITEM BOX Load up your AI partner with whatever you don't want your main character to carry. Your AI partner can basically be a walking item box ------------------- Tips for Both Modes ------------------- - THE RESTART OPTION During the middle of any chapter, a player can pause the game and then choose restart to be taken back to the main inventory in order to buy items or rearrange each character's inventory. The player will start at the last check point that was passed. This will not count against the player at all toward chapter completion. Game time will remain as it was up to the point of the last checkpoint. This can be used to cancel any death that is about to take place if a character suddenly enters dying status (BEFORE the final blow) and can help a player to gain the upper hand on bosses by allowing the player to restock the characters' inventory with needed ammo. - PULL UP THE MINIMAP TO KEEP TRACK OF YOUR PARTNER Always pull up you mini-map at the beginning of each stage. This will help you to easily keep track of your partner in big areas. - SEEING BOSSES ON THE MINIMAP Pull up your mini-map (GPS) while fighting a boss enemy. Most of the time, the boss enemy will be showcased as a blue triangle on the map. This can help a player to see where the boss enemy is currently at. Being able to view the location of the boss enemy is extremely helpful during some boss battles. - CHARACTER STARES Whenever an enemy is nearby, your character will look in that direction; use this to help identify a nearby enemy location. Sometimes your character will simply turn his/her head to look at the partner however. - THE LOCK-ON FEATURE If you're having problems finding your partner then use the lock-on button to find that character. - YOUR PARTNER'S AMMO Check your partner's amount of ammo for the currently equipped weapon, which is displayed to the left of the partner's life bar. If the partner has 0 handgun ammo and you have, I don't know, say around 85 handgun ammo, you might want to share. This is more useful in co-op mode than in single player. You'll mainly want to hand over secondary weapon ammo to AI Sheva since she doesn't aim precisely with the handgun. - PERFORMING A FOLLOW-UP MELEE When your partner knocks an enemy off of your character and the enemy is still alive and staggers to the side, immediately run toward the staggering enemy and your character will get a button prompt command for a melee attack of your own. Double team! Sometimes the enemy will stagger to the side, but sometimes the enemy will only get knocked down to the ground. Either way, the enemy will still receive damage from the partner assist melee attack. Your character could use that chance to hit the enemy with a ground melee attack while it is on the ground to perform some extra damage to it. - SLASHING AN EXPLOSIVE BARREL...? A knife slash will not cause a red explosive barrel to explode. This can be useful to know for certain areas where breakable objects lie right next to barrels. - THE PARTNER COMMAND TAKES PRIORITY OVER OTHER NEARBY MELEES A partner assist melee attack button prompt (when a Majini grabs your partner) will usually take priority over a normal stun prompt, so if you perform a stun to a Majini and your partner is next to the stunned Majini while in a hold by another Majini then the partner assist melee attack prompt will appear most likely instead of "Straight" or whatever other character melee attack you're about to perform. - DELAYED WEAPON SWITCHING Pressing a direction in order to switch to another weapon during a gunshot or reloading animation will usually take effect once the current gun animation has completely ended. - CANCELED ANIMATIONS DUE TO ENEMY HITS Any frame of a reload animation that is interrupted by an enemy attack no matter how early or late will make the reload successful. The enemy may take damage from your character but the enemy can help out in ending the reload animation frames early. - DESTROY WOODEN DOORS IN STYLE Want to destroy a wooden door fast? Shoot it twice with a handgun or machine gun then kick it to break it. Not only will you look like a badass as you lay the smackdown on that door like your good buddy, Berserker, but you'll destroy it very quickly during intense situations. ____________________ TAG TEAM MELEE TIPS \__________________________________________________________ --> Tips for performing Tag Team Melee Attacks in Co-op mode 1) When the second (bouncing) melee attack is performed, the enemy might stagger to the side, in a case such as this, you can perform either of the co-op melee attacks listed above by running to the front or back of the staggering enemy in order to get the button prompt. Keep in mind that you must activate the command before the staggering animation ends however. 2) When your partner is grabbed by a Majini, run up to the embraced pair and quickly equip the knife then slash the Majini in the middle portion of its body. Not only will you save your partner with only minor damage to the Majini, but you'll most likely slash the Majini in the arm to stun it and set it up for a co-op melee attack. It's best for your partner to start the sequence since that character will be the closest to the Majini. 3) If you find that a Majini is moving away from your character and you want the Majini to face your way, taunt the Majini (LS + RS/L3 + R3) to get it to turn. Sometimes you have to taunt a few times to get its attention. This doesn't always seem to work however; sometimes simply getting close to the Majini is more useful in making it turn. --> Easily set up a Tag Team Melee with other players 1) Arm a machine gun and aim toward a Majini's arm then tap the trigger button once in an attempt to stun the Majini. This is a bit less damaging than a handgun. 2) After stunning a Majini with an arm stun, if your characters are not in the the proper placement for bouncing it back and forth with melee then quickly run behind it and perform your character's back melee attack to bounce it toward the other character and set it up for the sequence. 3) Want to trick a new person online into helping you out with co-op melee attacks? If you notice that the partner performs melee attacks whenever a Majini is next to their character then trick them into helping you: a) Simply make sure that your partner is near then let a Majini approach both of you and then quickly shoot the Majini in the arm then run behind it and knock it toward your partner. The partner will most likely take the initiative to perform the melee attack that bounces the Majini back toward you, giving you the special command. b) Run up to a Majini that has grabbed your partner then slash the Majini with your knife in the midsection for a usual arm stun. DON'T PERFORM THE MELEE YOURSELF! Allow your partner to bounce the Majini with the melee command. Your partner will get a melee button prompt on the so that player is most likely to perform it right then. Simply bounce the Majini back toward your partner and that partner might accidentally perform their special melee! c) Whenever you witness your partner hit a Majini with an upper arm melee attack, quickly run behind the Majini to bounce it back toward your partner. (d) Use partner action commands to order your partner to stand in place. This won't always work. This is most useful for a single Majini. Here's the way I've done it before: Chris: "Wait! Wait!" [Chris walks toward Majini and lures it out while backing up] [Sheva aims her gun] Chris: "Wait! Wait!" [Sheva lowers her gun while Chris aims, shoots it in the arm then runs behind it and kicks it toward Sheva. Sheva responds with a Twist Kick as Chris was hoping for. The gods shine down upon Mr. Redfield as he steps forward and delivers the ultimate answer to the Majini threat.] Chris: Thanks! (Thank you, my tool.) All jokes aside, by setting up a Majini for a co-op attack with new players, they might catch on eventually. There was one time where one player actually did realize what I was doing and allowed me to set the sequence up for that player. (e) For extra info about using partner action commands while playing online make use of the following and your partner might catch on: - "Go" command = Use this while a Majini is coming toward you to tell your partner to get behind the Majini. - "Come on" command = (1) Use this to call your distant partner behind a Majini while the partner is a long distance away. (2) This can also be used to tell your partner to knock a Majini that you have stunned toward you with a melee attack so you can knock it back. (3) After knocking a Majini toward your partner, use this command to encourage your partner to knock it back toward you. The latter actually works well against random online players sometimes. - "Wait" command = Use this if your partner is about to shoot the Majini to make the partner lower the gun. - "Thank" command = This is the ultimate way to build up encouragement while playing online. After a successful co-op melee, thank your partner. If your partner is clueless to the co-op melees that you just tricked them into helping you with, then they might catch on because of your gratitude. --> Performing a Tag Team Melee in Single Player mode It's really not hard at all to set up a tag team melee attack in single player mode. You just have to know the way that your AI partner will work and that is one thing I will show you here so you can start Haymakering and Back Handing your own Majini in single player! This is not meant to be just for fun either; it is actually very effective in Veteran mode. Veteran mode is the best mode to obtain these tag team melees in since the Majini have more health allowing them to survive the full sequence and possibly multiple attempts. You see, the AI has to follow certain rules that a single player can take advantage of: 1) The AI partner will most likely NOT melee attack a Majini that the main player stuns. The AI partner will usually only attack a Majini that the actual AI partner has stunned. 2) An AI partner will bounce back any Majini that is knocked toward that AI character. No matter if that character is shooting or what, that character will knock back any Majini that the main player stagger their way. 3) When a "Go" command is issued, the AI partner will always step a few steps in front of the main player then turn to face that player regardless whether an enemy is in the area or not. The AI partner will usually stop whatever it is doing and run in front of the player then turn to face the player. Do I see a light bulb yet? That third listing should have sparked something. Did it? Here are three ways to trick the AI partner into helping out with a Tag Team melee attack: 1) Have the AI partner near your character then shoot a Majini in the arm for an arm stun. Directly after the arm stun, issue a "Go" command to your AI partner while facing the Majini. The AI partner will quickly step behind the Majini and give a little space in between that AI partner and the Majini. Wait just a slight second for the AI partner to get in the back of the Majini then perform the first melee attack from the arm stun to knock the Majini toward your AI partner. If the AI partner is still behind the Majini, the AI partner will automatically bounce the Majini back toward your character with a back melee. Once the Majini staggers back toward your character, you will receive the special tag team melee command which you can change by quickly stepping in front of or behind that staggering Majini. The above method works like a charm once a player gets used to it. I can do them in single player about 60% of the time with this method. 2) Perform an arm stun on a Majini while the AI partner is behind your character or nearby, preferably busy shooting another Majini. Quickly run behind the Majini that is stunned with an arm stun and knock it toward the AI partner with a melee and the AI partner might respond with a follow-up melee to knock it back toward your character, giving you the special tag team command. Your miles will definitely vary with the second method, but it's good to keep it in mind. There is also one more method where one can actually get the AI partner to perform their own tag team melee. 3) Whenever you see the AI partner perform a melee after an arm stun that the AI partner has done itself, QUICKLY run behind the Majini that the AI partner has hit and knock it back toward the AI partner. The AI partner will almost always be standing and waiting and if the AI partner is still nearby after your character knocks the Majini back then the AI partner will automatically perform the tag team melee depending on the side the AI partner faces when the Majini staggers back toward the AI partner. As you can see, I really enjoy performing tag team melees and exploiting the computer AI in order to help me. This is NOT hard at all, you just have to understand the way the AI partner will work and try this out yourself. I do tag team melees for fun, not for trophies or achievements. It's all about the challenge in performing them that excites me! Like I said earlier, they are also very effective in Veteran mode. [WT00] =============================================================================== __ __ _ _ _ _ _ \ \ / /__ _ | || | __| |_ | |__ _ __ ___ _ _ __ _ | |__ \ \ /\ / // _` || || |/ /| __|| '_ \ | '__|/ _ \ | | | | / _` || '_ \ \ V V /| (_| || || < | |_ | | | || | | (_) || |_| || (_| || | | | \_/\_/ \__,_||_||_|\_\ \__||_| |_||_| \___/ \__,_| \__, ||_| |_| |___/ R E S I D E N T E V I L 5 M A I N G A M E =============================================================================== Hi, and welcome to the walkthrough section for my Resident Evil 5 guide. This walkthrough will provide you, the reader, with a full detailed description of the main game of Resident Evil 5. All item placements and breakable objects have been described in their own separate sections as well as the main walkthrough. Areas that may be investigated (examined for more details) are labeled in the "Investigation" boxes. All treasure locations and BSAA medals are pointed out in full detail in the actual writing and in lists spread throughout the walkthrough. If a trophy/achievement can be gained in a certain area, then it has been labeled for the reader as well. Keep in mind that this walkthrough is meant for Normal mode and is updated slightly for Veteran. A special separate walkthrough is available toward the end of this guide for Professional mode. = = = = = = = = = = = K I J U J U C A S E F I L E = = = = = = = = = = = = = ==== - Redfield Report (Kijuju Incident) ==== --- "Casualties continue to mount over the long years I have struggled." --- -- "More and more I find myself wondering if it's all worth fighting for." -- --- "Maybe one day I'll find out" --- - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ _ [CH11] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 1-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 20+ | 15 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <12'00" | 17'00" | 22'00" | 22'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH111] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C I V I L I A N C H E C K P O I N T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Objective: Rendezvous with your contact at the Butcher's Shop Welcome to Kijuju, fellow Resident Evil fan! Control of Chris Redfield will be given to the player on the streets of Kijuju as Kirk contacts Chris. Both Chris and Sheva must meet up with their contact at the Butcher's shop down the street. -- "I knew it from the moment I arrived, there's no reason here..." -- Press the R2 (RB) button to bring up your mini-map. This mini-map is so very important to playing Resident Evil 5 that I'm going to go over the basics here then bring it back up later. The green pointer represents Chris and the purple pointer represents Sheva. There is a compass on the upper left corner of the screen that always points north, which I use to give you directions for this guide. If you're playing this game co-op then the mini-map should be up at all times so you can see your partner's current location. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If your character happens to be in caution status (orange) health then that | | character will still be holding his/her chest portion throughout this | | entire opening segment without an ability to heal. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Press and hold the R1 (RT) to locate your partner in the immediate area. This can be very important in an intense area when you need to find your partner's location quickly and have multiple levels of a building or obstacle to worry about. Sometimes the mini-map doesn't cut it for finding a partner's location and you'll be forced to use this. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If your character walks down the street immediately while Chris talks with | | Kirk, you'll get to see some townspeople knock down and drag away a fellow | | townsperson down the first east path. A slight cutscene will play as your | | character gets closer to them. They seem to disappear into the east alley. | | If you wait too long at the beginning, then you'll miss out on seeing this. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- "No humanity." -- There's a lot to see on the streets of Kijuju, but there are no items. All buildings can be entered so feel free to explore. Walk down the street ahead to reach the butcher's shop. Neither character can use a weapon or any kind of attack for the moment. There's plenty of crates and boxes just begging to be destroyed, but neither character can break them even if this is your second playthrough. If your character walks past a townsperson, that person will simply stop and stare with a most grueling look on his face. It's amazing to stop and look at the level of detail in each person's face. -- "Everywhere I look, I find vacant stares... -- The characters will pass a person lying on a crate patting his machete against his hand. Some residents are grouped in the street nearby him while one of them smacks something tied up in a burlap sack further ahead. Is that the townsperson that the characters could see earlier!? The group of townspeople will stop what they are doing then turn and look at Chris and Sheva as both characters walk by them. -- "All I see is death." -- Further ahead and to the west, the characters will come across the one and only place for fresh and quality meat - the Corner Pyamy Butchery of course. Walk toward the building to trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT All of the inhabitants are now gone! Well, it's certainly not bingo this time. The streets are deserted. You can move back toward the radio on the side of the streets to hear an announcement over the radio. This person must be giving away free money, or better yet, RE5 promotional goodies! Continue to the Corner Pyamy Butchery. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If Chris steps behind the counter on the outside of the Butcher's shop up | | ahead, Reynard (the contact inside) will tell Chris to enter the building | | through the side door. Strangely enough, even if Chris busts through the | | door and stands in front of Reynard, a player can still trigger this phrase | | by stepping back outside and walking behind the outside counter. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Step around the right (north) side of the building. Walk over to the door on the north side. Now, if you're familiar with door opening using the Resident Evil 4 setup then you will know that a door can be opened gently by tapping the action button when the button prompt appears while standing next to the door or your character can kick it open by double tapping the button. Read the tip below. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | When a door is kicked open the kicking animation frames will make your | | character invincible to enemy attacks. When a door is opened normally, | | there are no invincibility frames but the sound will not alert unaware | | enemies like a door kick will. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Upon simply entering or busting into the butcher's shop, approach the man with the turban (Reynard). Use the button prompt for the action button to speak with him and a cutscene will trigger. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If one player moves too far ahead of the other and meets with Reynard, he | | will only mention that he heard that there were two of operatives and ask | | about the character's partner. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B A C K A L L E Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both characters should open up the metal case in front of them and each character should pick up the ++M92F (HG)++ from the metal case. Chris will also slip into his combat gear. If this is a replay and you selected a new outfit then your character will be wearing it after the next cutscene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: M92F (HG) Location: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1 Details: The character's will be placed right in front of the metal case containing this weapon after the first cutscene with the contact (Reynard) in the Butcher's Shop. There is one for each character. On the first playthrough, the characters must pick up one each since it is there only weapon to equip and they must both equip something to trigger the next cutscene. On a second playthrough, if the characters already have a gun available then the M92F does not have to be picked up. The characters can ONLY grab their handguns before the cutscene plays that is triggered by equipping a gun, so if a player wants to grab a handgun it must be picked up before that cutscene; otherwise, the metal case will be gone from the counter after the cutscene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Press the Inventory button to bring up the inventory menu and view your current inventory. While the inventory screen is open, press the RB button to see your partner's current inventory. Below is the inventory setup for each character. C H R I S S H E V A .-----------------------------------. .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | | | D-pad | | | | Up | | | | Up | | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad | | left | | Right | | Left | | Right | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | | | D-pad | | | | Down | | | | Down | | | | | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' '-----------------------------------' R E D F I E L D A L O M A R As you can see, the inventory is composed of a 3x3 grid. Weapons or items in the top middle, bottom middle, middle left and middle right slots can be equipped by tapping the up, down, left and right directions the D-pad. Why would you want to equip ammo? So you can give it to your partner with the tap of the assist button while standing near that character. All of the items have various commands that will appear after equipping them. You can also give an item by selecting the "Give" command from the inventory menu after pulling up the command list while highlighting an item. You'll have to equip the weapon through the inventory menu by pulling up the inventory (/\ or Y), highlighting it, then selecting the action button to select and equip it in order to trigger another cutscene. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | You can walk over to Reynard before grabbing or equipping your weapon and | | talk with him to hear some extra dialogue Chris is too bulky to get by him | | and Sheva can't bring herself to leave her partner, so you're going to | | trigger another cutscene by equipping your weapon to continue. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Now Chris and Sheva are prepared for action! Run over to the --WOODEN CRATE- - up ahead on the north side of the room. This is one of the many breakable objects that the characters will find in the game. To break them without shooting, equip the knife by holding the knife button (L1 or LT) then slash the crate open to reveal a random item. Not all crates contain random items, but a good majority of them do. Some crates will always contain the same item. There are two files on the north side of this room to the left of the crate: --DYING MEMO-- and --CONTROLS MEMO--. Dying is a new status in the RE universe. It is basically the new "Danger" status. When a character is hit while that character has extremely low health, that character will enter "Dying" status. While your character is dying, a red glow will encase your screen. Your character can only hobble in his or her wounded state at that point. A partner must resuscitate or heal your character by standing in front of your character and pressing the assist button. If a partner has a green herb then the healing item will automatically be used but if the partner has no healing item then that character will give the dying character a quick shot of adrenaline that will take the dying character out of the current status and heal them just a bit. Adrenaline shots are infinite in number. Failure to help a dying character will result in death for both characters after a few seconds; if the dying character is hit with an enemy attack then the game is over for both players also. Let's talk about controls. You have four different types of controls - Type A, Type B, Type C, and Type D. Type D is the default control type. If you're just now playing this game after having played Dead Space then you will want to stick with Type D most likely like yours truly. Type A offers the usual Resident Evil 4 style setup, Type B changes the shoulder button functions while still maintaining the usual RE4-style camera, Type C changes the right thumbstick to a character turn and the right or left direction on the left thumbstick to a sidestep but still keeps the RE4-style buttons in place, Type D changes the shoulder button functions and changes the right thumbstick to a character turn while the right or left direction with the left thumbstick is changed to a sidestep. Got all that? It's best to experiment with them yourself. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Counter with Meat Chunks - On the east side of the room across from a door. [ ] Dying Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate. [ ] Control Type Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate. [ ] Long counter with meat chunks - Along the west side of the room, to the left of where the characters start. [ ] Counter with Intestine and Cleaver - Across from the files. Light shines down on this through a hole in the roof. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on a freezer on the north side of the room. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The slabs of meat in this room can be slashed with your knife and there are plenty of other objects such as bottles, gas containers, boxes and cans that can be knocked around as well. Go ahead, I know you want to! Leave the shop through the doorway to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Stand - To the right as the character exit the butcher's shop. A character will need to toss a hand grenade at the stand in order to break it or fire an explosive round at it with the grenade launcher, so a player can only do this on a second playthrough. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the wheelbarrow to the left after exiting the butcher's shop. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- by the wheelbarrow outside. Stand at the top of the stairs that lead west. You see those crows down there? You can shoot some of them and with your handgun to kill them. The crows will randomly drop gold once defeated. They will increase your kills for this chapter and they'll be added under your recorded kills under the main menu (Records). If this is your second playthrough and you happen to have a flash grenade or hand grenade then toss it down at them to kill them all. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Headless dog carcass - The crows surround this gruesome sight. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The crows are surrounding a carcass of a dog. Move into the building with the "Wood Furniture" sign along the side of it. Slash the skulls on the shelves with the candles if you want then open the metal door inside. Kick open the next door for an incredibly gruesome sight. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- behind the goat display then move around the corner to the west and turn to the left to find the exit door. A ++GREEN HERB++ is on a shelf to the right of the exit door. Kick open the door then step outside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Goat - Right across from the door that you enter the room from. [ ] Erratic Memo - On the counter near the metal pot off to the left when stepping further into the room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the floor near the wooden shelf on the far west wall. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Along the wooden shelf near the barrel mentioned above. --> Definite Item: Green Herb [ ] Wooden Crate - On the desk to the right of the other two objects. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Around the corner on a wooden shelf right before reaching the exit door. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Some yells can be heard up ahead as Sheva runs to check it out. Don't feel obligated to follow just yet. Little missy isn't aware of how much a survival horror fan likes to explore so don't feel the need to follow her immediately. You can call her back with the assist (O or B) button but she'll move on ahead again after returning. Don't worry, I'll help you understand the way she works throughout this guide. There are no items in the immediate location, so move up the stairs. Press the assist button in front of the door to confirm that you are ready to move onto the next area. While online both players must enter ready status in order to move onto the next area. If you ever find some jackass that continues to play around for a long time with the environment then continuously press the assist button while in ready status to annoy them. It works, trust me. [CH113] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B A C K A L L E Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the room. A new enemy will attack after the cutscene. These enemies are labeled as a "Majini" (singular and plural). Majini is the Swahili word for "Evil Spirit". NEW ENEMY: Majini A Majini can be shot in the head, upper arm, and leg while they walk or stand still in order to stun them. While they are in a stunned pose, either character can rush up to one and get a special command labeled by an on-screen action button prompt. For the arm stun and leg stun the command will differ depending on if you're character is in front of or behind the Majini. It is possible to stun a Majini by shooting it in the arm then bounce it back and forth with arm stun melees two times with the characters in order to get a special tag team (or co-op) melee attack. This can be done in single player by tricking the AI partner but it is most easily done in with a human partner through online or split-screen co-op play. The Majini will run toward Chris right after the cutscene. Quickly equip the knife then slash him as he runs and he will most likely trip. Attack him while he is on the ground with your special ground melee attack while standing near him. You can also simply shoot him, but why waste ammo when you don't have to? You could also use out newfound friend as a convenient start toward a trophy/achievement since he is by himself. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: A Cut Above Description: Defeat 5 enemies with the Knife. Details: Defeat 5 enemies of any type with only the knife. Equip the knife by holding the knife button then slash at an enemy. The most important part in attempting this trophy/achievement is that you make sure that the final hit that kills the enemy is a knife slash. Only actual knife kills will count toward this trophy/achievement. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- You can break the nearby TV by slashing it with your knife. There's nothing special about it but it gives you something to interact with in this room. Open the door along the northwest side of this room to continue. Take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ in the next room. The glass bottles along the shelves can be slashed with the knife. Walk toward the window and press the action button when the "Jump Out" command appears to leap through it. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Along the set of shelves on the cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You'll be facing the west when your characters land. Behind the fence to the north is a chicken pen with two chickens running about inside. These chickens can be almost as vicious as a Majini! I'll show you soon. Walk to the south. You won't find anything around the south alley, so turn to the west and continue ahead. A cutscene will trigger eventually. A whole horde of Majini will start moving toward Chris and Sheva from the east after the cutscene. Now, keep in mind that the characters have switched direction since before the cutscene, so they're actually facing the way that they came from. You don't want to go back that way. Turn around with the quick turn (Back + Run) and face the west again then run to the open blue door to the east. .------------------------------- EXTRA AND BONUS -----------------------------. | It is possible to hold your ground and fight off all the Majini that attack | | in the alley. You'll be fighting several at one time, so you really need a | | human partner to do this. If this is your second playthrough then I hope | | you brought some grenades. | | | | Both Chris and Sheva can set up some of the most devastating co-op melee | | attacks right here. Simply surround the Majini horde then shoot one of | | them in the arm and knock it toward the other character. One hit will | | usually hit several and then the next hit in the sequence will hit several | | more. A special command such as Chris' Back Hand and Sheva's Spinning Back | | Kick can easily take out multiple Majini in the alley. Experiment and have | | fun! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat a good majority of the Majini in the back alley area when they attack and one of the final few will drop this treasure. There will be a Majini equipped with dynamite that will appear near the end of Majini wave and he will drop this treasure once defeated. It's best to attempt this on a second playthrough and bring about 10 hand grenades, especially if you're playing in single player mode. Chris could also simply bring along his gatling gun weapon if has been unlocked. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = As the for the chickens that I mentioned earlier, if you can defeat all the Majini in the area then step inside the chicken pen (hop over the railing), the chickens will actually attack the characters very aggressively. They're pretty hard to hit also if the characters try to kill them. A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the building if the characters choose to run from the Majini. Chris will contact Kirk once again and tell him about the hostile locales. Chris will contact Kick with the same phrase no matter if you defeat the Majini or not. If you defeat them then he will contact Kirk directly after the last one falls. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the shelf inside and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the cabinet. Combine the green herb from earlier with the red herb for a full healing spray. The hand grenade will really come in handy in a few moments. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the southeast shelf. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the south cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Approach the iron door to the side. This particular door type requires that both players approach it and press the assist button in order to knock it down. You'll have to examine it first with the action button. Your character will be in ready status while kicking it, so keep tap the assist button if the other player doesn't respond as a warning to get their ass in gear. Maneuver through the gruesome sights in the room and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf then break the three ++WOODEN BARRELS++ around the corner on the east side of the room. Find the opening in the floor along the east side of this room and drop down below via the on-screen action button prompt. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Meat w/Cleaver - To the left of the door as you move into the room. [ ] Giant Axe - Right near the meat with meat cleaver. [ ] Intestines - Move around the counter with the intestines and examine them from the east side. ------------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the east shelf by the boxes. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down the cave tunnel to the north. Some bodies are in the middle of the tunnel. You can slash them both with your knife to keep you busy while I tell you about this next part. The rats in this area can be shot for extra gold, though they only drop 50 or 100 gold per pickup. Time to start building that Fort Knox early, my friend! You'll have weapons to buy and upgrade in between stages so all the gold that you pick up along the way will help out a bit. If you're running out of ammo though, then don't worry about them. Continue further down the tunnel then climb the ladder at the end. Pick up the two ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickups along with the ++GREEN HERB++ pickup. Enter ready status at the door by pressing the assist button near it to continue. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs. [ ] Green Herb - On the table beside the shelf. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH114] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After exiting from the building, the characters start out on a hill with a curved path in front of them that leads down to a small building. .---------------------------------- EXTRA/TIP --------------------------------. | If you look off to the north while standing at the very edge of the cliff | | that can be dropped down, you can make out both power boxes (transformers) | | in the town area. You can shoot from the top of the cliff and they will | | still be on the ground once the two character enter the town much later. | | It's best to use the rifle, but with good aiming, it can be done with the | | handgun. This will keep you from having to aim upwards during the tense | | battle ahead in order to shoot the power boxes. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Run down the path ahead and tap the action button to drop from the ledge at the end. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table. Enter the building to trigger a cutscene. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Before entering the building, your characters can shoot at a few of the | | breakable objects inside to destroy them and prevent you from having to | | break them while the Majini raid the building after the cutscene. This is | | not all that helpful, but still slightly interesting. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- CHECKPOINT There are no bells for elusive "women in red" to ring this time, my friend, and I don't think these townspeople believe in games of bingo, so this sequence in Kijuju is going to be a bit different than Meester Scott Kennedy's Pueblo village romp. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If either character is killed during this Public Assembly area then you'll | | receive a death cutscene with a viewpoint while your character stares up at | | Majini that are beating your fallen character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Directly following the cutscene, you need to scrounge up some ammo and items from the current items and breakable objects lying around the room. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and stack of --MELONS-- along the immediate left side and then turn around and run toward the desk then open the drawer to collect some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ and then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL--. On the other side of the room, destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the stack of --TOMATOES-- to get some more ammo. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the table beside the first window to the left. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the building beside the first window to the left. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the building. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the building. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10%) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table beside the TV. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Open the drawer below the TV. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There are a few ways that you can approach this part. It all depends on the individual and how you really want to play. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Like the Ganados in the beginning area of Resident Evil 4, the Majini in | | this area are rather weak and die pretty quickly to just about any attack. | | Melee attacks after a stun do some extreme damage to these weak Majini, so | | be sure to use these special attacks to your advantage. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' OPTION 1 --> BARRICADE THE ROOM! Push the bookcases in front of the window on the left side of the room and push the other bookcase in front of the door on the right side of the room. Stand on the side of the bookcase that you want to push then hold the interact button (X) to push the bookcase. In single player mode, you can have your partner assist your primary character by tapping the partner assist button (O or B) when the button icon appears while standing next to either bookcase. This will save you time since the partner will push the bookcase and allow your character time to push the other. NOTE: Keep in mind that the partner assist option for interacting or picking up an item will only appear in single player mode. -- Tips for fighting off the Majini while in the building: - Push each of the bookcases exactly twice with each character and this will leave enough room to shoot the outside Majini when they break down the door and window and the bookcase will be pushed just enough to where they can't get through and will have to continue to pound on the obstacle. Feel free to blast them with your handgun - shoot through the door, who cares if the door breaks. It's really best to break the door before pushing the bookcase against it since the bookcase is sometimes the first blockade to fall. One neat aspect of the door trick is that you can most likely grab the items as the Majini fall outside the doorway by moving up against the bookcase until you receive the item pick up prompt! - Your character can stand right near the window and equip the knife then simply slash at the Majini instead of shooting them. It's better for Chris to do this since he has a Machete with greater power and reach but Sheva can hold off the Majini just as well. - After barricading the door on the right side of the building, stand near the far side of the grated window on the wall to the left of the door (far left) and aim at the outside Majini then shoot at them through the window to stall them and keep them from damaging the door and the bookcase that blocks it. If you follow the tips above then you can easily fight off the Majini until Chris contacts Kirk over his radio. This is much easier to do while playing cooperatively with a person over Xbox LIVE. Stand at one of the entryways and guard it by shooting the Majini as they try to enter the building. No matter which entryway you choose to secure, be sure to look over at your partner to see how that character is holding up and offer help when necessary. It's really best to leave the building early, shortly before Chris contacts Kirk so both players can grab the items from the fallen Majini outside. Literally run into the middle of a Majini group that has an item near them and pick up the item. The invincibility animation from picking up the item will keep you safe and the Majini will likely be recovering from their attacks once your finished. Time our item pickups to avoid attacks. OPTION 2 --> RUSH OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND TAKE THEM ALL ON! Only do this if you have previously played through this stage. Don't do this on your first time through. I would advise grabbing all the ammo in the room like normal before trying this. Jump through the window or kick down the door and rush outside then fight off the Majini as they hop over the gate, hop off the building rooftop, or hop off the side of the nearby wooden fence. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The first wave of Majini pile up the most since they will most likely be | | hopping over the gate already if you choose to grab the items inside of the | | building, so Chris players might want to take out the Shotgun and clear | | some of the grouped Majini. Really melee attacks work just as well also | | for either character. You can also toss a hand grenade at them once they | | have all landed. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' You'll want to use melee attacks for sure if you choose to take on the Majini outside. Aim for either the head, leg, or upper part of the shoulder on the arm that is not carrying a weapon and fire then run up to them and hit them with a melee attack. All of Chris' melee attacks, especially his Straight Punch work extremely well for crowds and Sheva's roundhouse from a head stun works well for crowds as well. It is best to stand on the far left side of the outside area (to the left after jumping out the window since the Majini can't get behind your character as easily - get in a corner if needed. Tips for taking on the Majini while outside: - Before exiting the building, push a bookcase in front of the window and this will prevent the Majini from moving through the window after the dialogue where Chris contacts Kirk. This is extremely useful for keeping the Majini to one side right when the Executioner is about to break the gate. - The first wave of Majini that climb over the gate are always the most numerous, so you might want to toss a hand grenade at them as they first start to land on the your side. Try to make sure that most of them are on your side before the explosion, so you can collect the items they leave behind. This is mainly useful for online play where the Majini are much more numerous. - Stand at the window on the left side and wait for Majini to step in front of it then dive out the window to knock the Majini down. - Stand near the door on the right side of the room and wait for a Majini to step in front of the door then kick it open to damage the Majini. - Shoot the Majini as they climb any portion of the gate to knock them back down the other side. See the tip below for an even better method. - Shoot the Majini while they are on the wooden fence or while they are on the car to make them fall and they most likely won't survive the damage of the fall. You can also stand near the car and slash at them. - Wait for a Majini to hop over the gate then pin it against the gate with knife slashes. It's better if you're partner helps you out with this, like a fellow buddy of mine. You can also slash the Majini that fall down to the car in the east to knock them off. - Take shelter in melee attacks since you are invincible during them. Aim at a weak point on a Majini then simply run into an entire crowd near that one Majini and perform a melee attack to knock down all of them and sustain invincibility throughout the entire melee sequence. - Like melee attacks, you are invincible during an item grab, so quickly grab any type of item that may be in the area if a Majini is about to hit your character. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | For this gate and any climbable fence, wait until a Majini has climbed to | | the very top then shoot it with a handgun shot to make it fly off the fence | | and fall to its death. | | | '----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------' | The Majini with the megaphone yells out phrases from atop the wooden | | execution walkway past the gate. Aim at him and shoot him to make him stop | | yelling and climb down. He will actually leap off of the wooden execution | | walkway behind the gate and climb over the fence. He will try to smack | | Chris and Sheva with his megaphone! He will automatically come down and | | attack once the characters step further into the town after the gate's | | destruction. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> CHRIS CONTACTS KIRK AS ALL HELL PREPARES TO BREAK LOOSE Chris will contact Kirk (the helicopter pilot) eventually. This dialogue signifies a change of plans as a new enemy prepares to step into view. As the following dialogue plays out, Majini will begin to walk into the building from the entrance where Chris and Sheva first entered the building from. _________ __________ Chris: Kirk! Come in! The locals are hostile! The gate is sealed, and we're trapped. We need backup, and we need it right now! Kirk: Roger that. Just sit tight. I'm on my way! Chris: Did you hear that, Sheva? Helps on the way! Sheva: Got it! I just hope he gets here quick. ---------- ---------- Shortly after the above dialogue, a cutscene will player where Majini will break the rooftop of the building that Chris and Sheva stepped into. If you're still in the building then get the hell out of there! Majini will flood the building at this point. Don't ever go back to the area where Chris and Sheva fell down the ledge at the end of the path. If you do, then you might need to toss a grenade into the building to clear out the Majini that will pursue your characters before stepping back inside. Also, a new, much bigger threat is approaching from behind the outside gate. NOTE: If you toss a grenade shortly before the cutscene where the Majini break through the roof then the grenade will disappear as the gameplay resumes. .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------. | After the Majini break through the roof of the building, you will enter the | | most dangerous portion of this stage since the Majini will come at your | | characters nonstop from now on with much greater number than before. You | | need to avoid getting surrounded and have an idea of what is around you. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Once the cutscene where the Majini break through the rooftop of the building is finished, the Executioner from the cutscene will appear in the town outside of the gate. He will always start out in the far right corner of the alley past the gate (near the red explosive barrel in that corner). He will slowly walk toward the gate then swing his axe at the entranceway to knock the gate down. You can blast the Executioner as much as you want while he walks toward the gate - you can actually shoot the red explosive barrel along the far right side of the alleyway that he moves down directly after the cutscene with Majini breaking the roof if you are quick enough. Toss a grenade toward the gate as the Executioner steps in front of it to damage him badly. Your character can also stand near the gate and shoot the Execution in the head to stun him. Always shoot him in the head with whatever weapon you use and he will stun quickly. The only bad part about hurting him before he breaks the gate is that you can't get your free melee attack on him when he stuns because of the gate. Yes, he can be killed but you're going to have to work to destroy him. It's kind of like defeating both Dr. Salvadors during the Ganado raid in Pueblo village in Resident Evil 4 except you're fighting a walking tank this time. Check the very end of this level if you want to see how to bring him down with extreme aggression. .--------------------------- INFINITE TIME GLITCH ----------------------------. | If neither character passes through the destroyed gate after the | | Executioner breaks it down, then the dialogue that normally takes place in | | the town will not play. The stage will basically never end as long as your | | characters do not cross the area where the gate was. You'll have to deal | | with the Executioner and plenty of Majini while holding your ground on the | | other side of the gate. The Majini will eventually stop appearing after | | enough of them have been killed. As long as your characters do not step | | past the gate then the following dialogue will not play: | | | | Sheva: "There's just no end to them! | | Chris: "We've gotta' hold out till Kirk gets here!" | | | | As long as your characters do not cross the gate, the above dialogue will | | never play and the stage will never end. The moment your characters step | | through the gate area, into the town, Majini will appear once again and the | | dialogue will begin to play then the stage will continue like normal. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Right after the Executioner breaks down the .----------- TIP ------------. gate, both Chris and Sheva are free to explore | The Executioner's swing | any part of the town outside of the immediate | that knocks down the gate | building area. Don't ever stand back and wait | cannot hit your character. | for him to enter the area since this is such a '----------------------------' small area and he has too great of a range for your character to stand near him and avoid getting hit most of the time. If you noticed the brick wall without paint inside of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from then these are the types of walls that the Executioner can break with his axe in order to enter a building. These type of walls are also found in the buildings up ahead inside of the town. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + EXECUTIONER MAJINI ------------------ HP: 12,000 --> THE ENTRANCE GATE HAS BEEN KNOCKED DOWN The Executioner is now a major threat to both of your characters, so let's go over his attack arsenal. Executioner Attacks: 1) Horizontal Swing - The Executioner holds his axe to his side then steps forward with a swing of his axe then he steps forward with another swing following the first. This is a very dangerous attack and the Executioner's startup animation for it is sometimes hard to notice. 2) Overhead Swing - The Executioner holds his axe behind him then steps forward as he performs an overhead swing. Sidestepping it can easily dodge this. 3) Turning Swing - The Executioner turns around to face your character and swings his axe one time while turning. He doesn't perform this move that often, but he might just surprise you with it sometimes. 4) Grab - The Executioner reaches out to grab your character from close range. He will hold your character into the air and choke the character then throw the character to the ground. While on the ground, press the X button when the button prompt appears to avoid the Executioner's overhead axe chop. Failure to dodge will result in an instant kill! This grab can be broken if you're partner interrupts the grab with a melee attack. On single player mode, be sure to mash the B button in order to have Sheva break the grab. One thing that should be highly noted about this attack is if AI Sheva is grabbed then Mr. Redfield better damn well save her with an assist melee attack while close to the Executioner or perform some type of shot that disrupts the grab or else Sheva will sometimes not escape the grab and she will die! 5) Berserker Rage - When the Executioner is very low in health, he will begin to swing his axe horizontally over and over as if in a raging state, so be prepared to run away from him or at least back up. He will usually swing one way then keep moving that save way, so step to the side and around him when he starts this. He will perform both horizontal and vertical swings. Just because he performs a vertical swing does not mean that he is finished. As he gets lower in life, he may take quite a while to stop this combination attack. 6) Recovery Swing - If both characters hit the Executioner with a melee attack when the Executioner is stunned then the Executioner will crouch downward and eventually recover while performing a set of horizontal swings resembling the Horizontal Swing mentioned above. The only real difference is that he has a crouching pose for the startup and will only do this after both characters have hit him with a melee command after a stun. (NOTE: The Executioner has a certain frame of animation during some of his attacks that will keep him safe from attacks that would normally stun him, so if you toss a grenade or hit him during these times, then he will not crouch down. This usually occurs at the very end of each attack.) .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Make sure that you have an idea of where your partner is from now on since | | this is a rather big area. In single player mode, keep Sheva on "Cover" | | command and she will keep up with Chris and heal him when needed and Chris | | can do the same for Sheva. | | | |--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------| | DO NOT heal your partner if he/she is struck down in front of the | | the Executioner unless the heal is near instant while the character is | | getting up from being knocked down. The Executioner's horizontal swing is | | capable of hitting both characters during the healing animation and sending | | both into dying status. Work on stunning the Executioner with a shotgun | | blast directly to the head, two handgun shots to the head or a grenade | | tossed near him then heal your partner. A Resuscitation near the | | Executioner is a fine choice since both characters are invincible during | | the entire animation, but healing with a green herb can be a death sentence | | for both characters. Remember that a green herb is automatically used | | in place of a Resuscitation when one is your character's inventory and this | | animation is NOT an invincibility animation. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' For the remainder of the town, allow me to take you on a guided tour, my fellow RE fan! You don't have to follow me, since I don't move along a convenient path, but feel free to read on: OPTION 1 --> GO LEFT (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) - MAKE ANOTHER LEFT When the two characters step through the gate, the blue stand to the left can be destroyed (with a grenade/knock a Majini into it/have the Executioner take a swing at it)) to receive a --RANDOM ITEM--. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Random Item - Use a grenade to destroy the blue stand to the immediate left after stepping through the destroyed gate. You can also knock a Majini into it with melee or have the Executioner attack it.) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There is a ladder that can be climbed if you move left then walk beside or hop over the small wooden fence to the left. This actually leads up to the top portion of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from. Climb the ladder and run along the top walkway. Majini will climb on top of this high walkway area from below. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In a corner behind a fence railing. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table with the Green Herb. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the middle table. [ ] Green Herb - On the table with the crate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You'll need to step around the hole in the floor and get to the other side of this floor in order to move up to the high rooftop. The hole mentioned is actually the hole from earlier that the Majini made to enter the building. Climb the ladder on the other side of the hole. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | While both characters are on the top walkway and while they are in any | | other area where the Executioner can't reach, the Executioner will walk | | back and forth between the many hazards below. While looking off the side | | across from the ladder that the characters use to get up to this high area, | | notice how the Executioner walks up and down the main path and moves by the | | set of red barrels and walks up under the power box hanging on the wooden | | pole beside the broken down bus. He heads toward the far gate to the north | | (by the red barrels near the gate) and then steps into the market area in | | the northeast. | | | | He will step over the small railing in the east and then walk to the south | | (by the set of red barrels again) and then head toward the single red | | barrel by the execution walkway. He will walk back toward the gate in the | | north from here. The Executioner will keep up this pattern whenever both of | | your characters are on a high area that he cannot reach or inside the bus | | in the midportion of town! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' On the very top of the building (third floor), three ++HAND GRENADES++ lie near a water tower on the opposite side of the rooftop. Majini will climb the ladder that Chris and Sheva came up and they will also climb up the side of the sign railing of the building. This is an excellent place to steak out when you're running low on ammo, since the Majini will begin to come in much fewer number here than they will on the ground level of the town below. They won't attack as much on the lower walkway either. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 2 --> TAKE THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) There is a set of !!OIL CANISTERS!! along the middle path that can be shot. Run past the canisters then turn around and shoot them whenever the Executioner moves by them and they will cause a burst of flames to stretch out along the ground beside them and burn any Majini that happen to cross it. Your character can stand on the opposite side and shoot at the Executioner while the wall of flames separates him from your team. The Executioner has a bad habit of simply walking into the flames. Keep in mind that your character can knock a Majini into the flames by melee attacking or staggering a Majini into the fire through gunfire. Notice the bus in the middle of the town by across from the building by the execution platform. - INSIDE THE BUS --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (left). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (right). --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - CONTINUE DOWN LEFT PATH You'll come upon a small shack with a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside. Right up above this shack is a !!TRANSFORMER!! (power box) that can be shot down in order to damage enemies. The unique aspect of these power boxes is that, once the electrical surge dies down, they can be shot again and again in to restart the electricity in them and shock any nearby enemies that happen to step near them. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back left corner of the small shack. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ENTER THE MIDDLE BUILDING After opening the door, --HANDGUN AMMO (+10)-- is lying on a table to your immediate left. The Executioner can break through the wall on the right side of this building and the wall on the left side. Open the drawer of the cabinet right across from the handgun ammo and take the --MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)-- from inside. If you need to make a quick escape from the building then jump through window next to the left corner to the side. .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------. | The Executioner can destroy the weak walls in these buildings and hit your | | character with that particular swing, so stay away from the weak brick | | walls. Your character can destroy them by throwing a grenade at them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Further around the left corner a --GREEN HERB-- and some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ are on a table and another ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup is lying on some bags. There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- beside the bags. Watch out for the wall to the left since the Executioner can break through it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying near the sandbags (right). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying across from the sandbags (left). --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table to the immediate left after opening the door. [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the sandbags in the right corner near the barrels across from the window. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 3 --> CONTINUE DOWN THE RIGHT PATH (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) To the immediate right is an alley behind the execution platform that has an !!RED EXPLOSIVE BARREL!! in the corner of it. The Executioner can be lured here or you can lure him further ahead down the middle path and shoot the !!OIL CANISTERS!! to the side in order to ignite the ground and burn the Executioner and any Majini that move along the path. The ladder of the execution platform across from the group of red barrels can be climbed; the platform makes a good sniping spot for shooting the Executioner below. Beware that the Executioner can get on this platform, it just takes him time. He will enter the building below, next to the execution platform, then walk up the stairs inside and come after your character. - ENTER THE BUILDING NEAR THE EXECUTION PLATFORM Speaking of the building that the Executioner goes to, you can enter that building and pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the group of shelves to your left after opening the door. Look to the right and open the drawer of the blue cabinet to find some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ inside. There is some ++MACHINE GUN AMMO++ on a shelf with a --WOODEN CRATE-- lying beside it in the far right corner (while entering via the door) of this floor also. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the shelf near the Machine Gun Ammo. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On the shelf with the hand grenade. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the shelf with the incendiary grenade. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside the cabinet drawer across from the shelf with the grenades. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the shelf to the far left of the door. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You can choose to go up the stairs from here and move out onto the execution platform or jump out the nearby window and enter the area with stands up ahead. For this walkthrough, I'm going to hightail it out the window. The Executioner can break all the wooden stands in this area, but he needs to step over the nearby fence in order to get to your character, so keep that in mind if he is nearby. - DEEPER INTO THE TOWN There is a !!TRANSFORMER!! on a pole in the very middle of the main path that stretches across the town that can be shot down like the power box from earlier. Aim up and shoot it when the Executioner steps by it. Remember that you can shoot it again (while it is grounded) whenever the electricity stops for another burst of electricity. Look up ahead and spot the white and red umbrella to the right of the back gate. This nostalgic scenery actually stands as a marker for an important weapon. Open the --METAL CASE-- below the umbrella and take the ++VZ61 (MG)++ machine gun from inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: VZ61 (MG) Location: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1 Details: Open the metal case on the stand under the red and white umbrella to the right of the locked north door during the Public Assembly timed portion. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + There is a group of --TOMATOES-- near the case, but they don't ever hold any type of item. You can shoot the !!OIL CANISTERS!! near the stands to trigger a fire just like near the entrance to the town. Once the closest stand is destroyed near the barrels (through enemy hits or the fire) a --RANDOM ITEM-- will appear where the closest stand to the barrels was at. There is another --RANDOM ITEM-- in the stand further to the side, but you'll need to throw a grenade at it or allow the Executioner to break it in order to get the item. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tomatoes - On the stand with the metal case. --> Definite Item: Nothing --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] VZ61 (MG) - Open the metal case on the stand with the red and white umbrella hanging overhead. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closet to the group of red barrels [shoot the red barrels to destroy it]. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the other stand by the one mentioned above - use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The gate in the back of the town is locked. Move across to the opposite side of the section above (left side) and hit the group of --MELONS-- for an item then turn your attention to the stands further ahead and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ then destroy the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- for an extra item. If you have a grenade, you can toss it at the stand closest to the stairs that lead up to the middle building and the stand behind the stand with the melons and a --RANDOM ITEM-- will appear in the debris of both of them. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the stand across from the stand near the wooden barrel. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the stand with the Handgun Ammo. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the stand near the wooden barrel. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closest to the wooden barrel [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]). [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closest to the set of stairs leading up to the middle building rooftop [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - THE TOP OF THE MIDDLE BUILDING Find the stairs that lead up to the rooftop of .----------- TIP ------------. the building in the back of it. Move up the | Your character can leap | stairs and run to the left. A !!RED EXPLOSIVE | over to the top of the bus | BARREL!! will be sitting right near a ledge. | early by jumping from the | Run toward the explosive barrel and hop over to | far left end of the middle | the top of the shack up ahead. You can actually | building rooftop (right | lead the Executioner up to the top of the middle | side). | building and stand near the explosive barrel '----------------------------' then quickly leap to the shack rooftop and shoot the explosive barrel. The Executioner cannot reach your character while on either of the nearby rooftops (shack or bus). Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ in the corner near the fence while on the shack rooftop. You have to be careful while up on this rooftop since Majini will begin to climb and hop over the nearby fence as well as hop to the rooftop from the nearby middle building and the bus roof. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In the corner of the rooftop of the shack near the fence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- While on top of the shack rooftop, turn to the bus and hop on top of it. Rush to the opposite side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the stack of tires at the end. While on the bus roof, be on the lookout for Majini that will climb the bus from the below and also keep an eye out on the Majini that are leaping onto the bus from the top of the shack. You can leap back to the middle building by stepping toward the side closest to it for a jump command that will make your character hop back over to it. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - At the far end of the top of the bus. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Here is a list of the character phrases that can be heard throughout this stage. Each one signifies how much time you have left. __________ __________ Sheva: There's just no end to them! Chris: We've gotta hold out until Kirk gets here! ---------- ---------- __________ __________ Kirk: (over radio) Chris. Sheva. How you holding up? I'll be there shortly. Just hang in there. ---------- ---------- __________ __________ Kirk: (over radio) Sorry to keep you waiting! I'm going to take out the door! Find some cover! ---------- ---------- If you can manage to defeat the Executioner, then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++. This item can be sold for 5,000 gold at the shop at the end of the chapter. Once Kirk mentions the last phrase shown above then the entire stage will be finished. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Executioner Majini before the timer of the Pubic Assembly raid ends. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> TEARING THROUGH THE EXECUTIONER Tips: - Right after the Majini break through the roof of the building, stand near the left side of the gate and look to the right (behind the gate) then immediately shoot the red explosive barrel. The Executioner will always start near it after the cutscene before he walks toward the gate. You have to be fast to take advantage of the red barrel. - Before the Executioner breaks down the gate, toss a grenade toward the gate and this will hit him most likely as he breaks it allowing your character to fire at him from close range then perform a melee attack right after he breaks the gate. - Keep in mind that the Executioner's axe swing that breaks the gate cannot hit your character, so you can literally stand right next to the gate and hit him with gunfire while he breaks it. This axe swing will knock away any Majini that happen to be in the way, but it will pass right through your character. You could actually keep shooting at his head and restunning him before he has a chance to break it. - When the Executioner is stunned from taking too much damage, shoot him in the head with the handgun (or other weapon) a few times from close range then quickly cancel the final shot before he recovers into a melee attack - wait until he starts to rise. Once he is FULLY standing, he cannot be hit with a melee attack. - The Executioner can be double teamed. Directly after a partner's melee attack, run up to the Executioner yourself for a melee attack prompt. Only two melee attacks may be performed per stun. If your partner hits the Executioner while the Executioner is grappling your character, run up to the Executioner yourself and perform a melee attack as he staggers. Learn to take advantage of this "buddy system" we have here to avoid being "sandwiched". The Executioner will always perform a recovery swing after being hit with two melee attacks in a row, so back away from him after the second melee attack - it IS possible to restun him by shooting him in the head before he performs the recovery swing, but it is extremely risky. - If you're playing single player, then run up to the Executioner while he is stunned and hit him with a melee attack with Chris then run toward the Executioner and move behind him; if she is in "Cover" assist mode, Sheva will follow Chris and melee attack the Executioner as she runs by. - The Executioner's overhead swing can be dodge by simply sidestepping to the right or left. You can actually use this sidestepping technique to remain close to him and blast him. His horizontal swing can be avoided by constantly backing up, but don't rely on this all the time, especially when he starts to go berserk! - Regarding the above tip, remember these move startup animations: holding axe behind him = vertical (overhead) swing holding axe to the side of him = horizontal swing - The Executioner will kill any Majini that he hits with his big axe, so he can clear a whole crowd for your characters. All the Majini that stand in front of the gate as he breaks it will be damaged by his axe. - Gunfire aimed directly at the Executioner's head will stun him extremely quick. Just two handgun shots directly in the head should be enough to stun him in single player and co-op modes. Firing rapidly at his head with the machine gun will stun him quickly also. If this is your second playthrough, one close range shotgun blast to the head will usually stun him, one rifle shot directly to the head will stun him. Keep in mind that the Executioner must be standing and moving in order to stun him - gunfire while he is getting up will not count towards a stun. - Time your reloads so that you reload in front of the Executioner while he is stunned so that the action command for hitting him appears while your character is reloading. Right when your character starts to reload, press the button for the action command to make your character end the reload animation and automatically start the melee command. This will reload your weapon without having to watch the entire animation. One neat aspect about this technique is that you can shoot off a few rounds while close to the Executioner then be able to reload before finishing off the close encounter with a melee attack. - Much like the reload technique mentioned above, if you stand in front of the Executioner when he is stunned then fire off a shot, the animation for the shot can be interrupted by inputting the command for a melee attack. This mainly useful for the shotgun and rifle (if this is your second playthrough) since the handgun already has a fast rate of fire and so does the machine gun, but at least you can cancel the animation of your character lowering the weapon. - Run inside the broken down bus and blast the Executioner through the windows. You'll obviously have to watch for the Majini that enter the bus from the door. Keep in mind that if the Executioner swings, you are NOT safe from his hits while in the bus - he can hit both characters through the walls of the bus! Using the bus, it is possible to step in and out of the bus to lure him toward it then shoot him from inside. He will almost always walk away after the characters enter the bus. If he swings however, the walls of the bus will not protect the characters. - Set up traps for the Executioner - have him follow you into a building then jump out the window of the building and toss a grenade inside the building. Lead him under a power box and shoot it or lead him near a fallen power box then shoot it to set off an electric current once again. Lead him near explosive barrels and shoot them also, just be far enough away to where your character is not caught in the blast. - Shoot the Executioner from far or long range with the Handgun. If you want to take him down quickly then you're going to have to pump every SINGLE PIECE OF AMMO INTO HIM WITHOUT THE SLIGHTEST THOUGHT OF CONSERVING. Toss grenades at him once they are collected and this will speed up the process dramatically. Incendiary grenades really work best against the Majini rather than the Execution but they work well to stagger the Executioner from close range - aim toward the ground in front of your character then toss the grenade if you have to - just don't toss it directly at your feet or you'll get burned! - Run up the steps behind the middle building then stand near the railing overlooking the staircase while on the rooftop and shoot the Executioner in the head as he moves up the stairs. - The swarming Majini are really the worst part about fighting the Executioner, so you can't stay in one place for too long without surveying your immediate area. Always look around a bit while fighting the Executioner and, when available, take melee attack prompts immediately to keep your character from getting surrounded and to keep your character from getting hit. Picking up items while in the midst of a mob can really help out for immediate invincibility against any type of attack as well. - Setting Sheva to the Attack (Go) command from the moment that the gate is knocked down will make her more aggressive and she will shoot the Executioner more often with her rifle. The downside to this is that she may not always be there to help your character when Chris enters dying status. --> SPOTS WHERE THE EXECUTIONER CANNOT FOLLOW - The top walkway above the building that Chris and Sheva enter at the beginning. This is accessible by climbing the ladder behind the small fence to the left after entering the town once the Executioner has broken the gate down. - The inside of the bus in the middle of the town. He can hit the characters through the side of the bus if he swings, so watch for his attacks if he is berserking! - Jump across to the top of the shack or the top of the broken down bus while on top of the middle building. NOTE: He can reach the top of the execution platform, but he must go up the stairs in the building next to the platform, so your character can seek temporary relief while on the platform then leap off of it when the Executioner climbs up to the platform. It's possible to take advantage of constantly leaping off and climbing back onto the top of the executioner platform. The Executioner will simply keep turning and walking up and down the ramp. --> THE GAME PLAN (SUMMARY OF OWNING HIM) [SINGLE PLAYER METHOD] So basically, from the beginning, (a) look through the gate and shoot the red explosive barrel behind the gate down the alley to the right after the Majini break through the roof, 9b) shoot the Executioner with the handgun as he walks toward the gate, (c) toss a grenade at the gate while the Executioner breaks it, (d) equip a weapon (the handgun will do) then run up to the Execution and hit him with continuous blasts to the head (e) melee attack him right before he fully stands to end the final blast (if you're on single player then run by him and allow Sheva to hit him with a melee attack), (f) run down the middle path (towards the first building) and shoot the Executioner with the handgun when you turn then wait for him to step next to the group of red barrels then shoot them to burn him (g) stand on the other side of the flames and keep shooting the Executioner with the handgun even while he burns. (h) Enter the building to the east and grab the hand grenade and incendiary grenade, (i) jump out the north window of the current building then run to the north. Pick up the machine gun from the metal case for some extra firepower. Run to the stack of melons on the cart to the northwest and slash them then grab the hand grenade, (j) run into the middle of town and allow the Executioner to step near the middle portion of the path with the overhead transformer then toss a hand grenade below him, (k) the resulting explosion will stun him and knock the transformer down, which will electrocute him. Run up to him and perform shots with a gun then cancel into a melee. Try to approach a side where your character is facing the electrified transformer so that your character knocks him into it. (l) quick turn and run then toss another hand grenade. The Executioner will be hit by the grenade explosion and the transformer shock once again, so run up to him again and blast him some more then cancel into a melee. Still alive? (m) Quick turn and run away then toss an incendiary grenade then blast him with the handgun from a safe distance. (n) he will now be so weak that he will perform his Berserker Rage swings, so allow him to charge directly toward the north gate then shoot the oil canisters near the gate to burn him. NOTE 1: Remember that you can also stand right near the gate as the Executioner walks up to it and blast him in head continuously with a gun. NOTE 2: The surrounding Majini (especially while in co-op play) can easily screw up your game plan when tossing grenades, so the above method might not always go so well. The main problem I have is with random Majini grabs and a Majini stepping in front of my character before I toss a hand grenade. You just have to improvise with another hand grenade or allow the Executioner to perform his overhead hit then sidestep to the side and blast him with the shotgun to stun him. NOTE 3: Cancel into a melee early if the surrounding Majini are about to hit your character while you blast the Executioner from close range. --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE EXECUTIONER WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY If you want to fire off some extra shots and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off a few shots along with a melee cancel. Run up to the Executioner as he staggers then perform a few quick blasts with your weapon then cancel that blast into a melee immediately. Both characters can do this no problem. Even if the melee is delayed enough to where the Executioner is actually moving after the command is entered, it will still hit him and knock him back. --> CO-OP STRATEGY FOR THE EXECUTIONER While playing cooperatively, you're going to be swarmed with extra Majini, so you really can't stand near him and restun him. You're most likely going to have cancel your gun blasts early because of the surrounding Majini. From the start, make sure that you grab the hand grenade in the melon stack by the window. Toss this grenade toward the fence as the Executioner breaks it with his axe and this will both stun him and clear out any nearby Majini allowing you to shoot him a few times then melee him with both characters. Run down the middle path then wait for him to step near the oil canisters and then shoot them to halt him and the Majini that follow around him. - Character 1 (most likely Chris) At this point, one character should immediately run toward the middle building on the east side and go inside after the oil canisters are shot. Grab the grenades and maybe the machine gun ammo inside then quickly jump out the window on the north side. Open the inventory and equip a hand grenade while jumping through the window. Run to the northwest and find the stack of melons then slash at them and pick up the grenades form that pile. Now you have two hand grenades and an incendiary grenade. Toss the incendiary grenade at a nearby group of Majini if they start to swarm your character. - Character 2 (Sheva) The other character could enter the building on the west side and grab the green herb inside and maybe the machine gun ammo then jump out the window on the northwest side. You need some sort of extra healing item in case something goes wrong with Character 1, because it can very easily. Really, Sheva could stay outside of the buildings and simply back up and fire her rifle at the Executioner. Watch out for Majini that come from the north however. - Both Characters Meet Wait until the Executioner reaches the middle portion of the town, in between the two buildings then toss a hand grenade at him. The hand grenade should stun him and make the electric transformer fall right next to him, which will electrify him for some extra damage. Run up and get the usual hits in on him depending on the character that you are currently using. If the Executioner gets stuck with his back to the transformer while it is electrified, then a melee attack can actually make him stagger into the electrified transformer for extra damage. Both characters should run up and melee attack him, but the first melee attack should be delayed until right before he recovers so you can blast him a bit while he is stunned. The second melee attack can be delayed as well so both character can pump more gunfire into him shortly before the melee attack is executed. Remember to back up to avoid his recovery swing after the second melee attack - a grenade can actually stun him during the recovery swing. After the second melee attack toss another hand grenade when he begins to move toward your character (make sure that he is moving or it won't stun him). The hand grenade will once again stun him and electrify him because of the nearby transformer. Run up to him again then blast him and cancel into a melee attack. This should damage him greatly. The most important part for this advice is to grab the hand grenades - that's literally all I get since they are basically enough to take him down if Chris uses the handgun on the Executioner while in close range during a stun. - An Alternate Route Instead of having one character enter the west house, that character could also climb up the ladder in the southeast section just past the gate then grab the 3 hand grenades at the very top of the roof after climbing the second ladder. This takes quite a bit of time and leaves your partner open to attack all that time without your help. The good part about this is that many of the Majini will focus on the character that climbs the ladder however. The character that moves up the ladder can also toss the grenades from the rooftop if the Executioner is below or that character can move back down the platforms and join up with the partner. If you do this while playing alongside me online, then the Executioner will probably be falling when you arrive, I'm afraid, so you could use the grenades on the surrounding Majini at least! - Confusing the Executioner Both characters can get on opposite sides of the Executioner and basically confuse him. He can only come after one at time, so one character can blast him with the handgun while the other lures him away and sets him up for a melee attack with a tossed hand grenade. --> EXECUTIONER EXPLOITS - The Executioner must stop everything that he is doing and step over the small wooden fences in the west area right outside the gate to the town and in the northeast area beside the nearby building. You can hop over the small wooden fence in each of these areas and wait for the Executioner to approach then blast him as he steps over the wooden fence. Once he steps to your side, simply hop back over to the opposite side and make him step over again. The best fence to do this with is the one in the west right outside the town gate. The fence near the locked gate in the north has a window near it that you can hop through to get away from any Majini that pile up - hop through the window then clear out the Majini then hop back over and take on the Executioner. The Executioner will most likely walk to the front door, so he will leave the immediate area but quickly come back and have to step over the fence once again when you hop back outside! - It's also possible to lure the Executioner into the first building and vault back and forth over the railing inside to make him step over it much like the small wooden fences. It's a little funny to watch him step over such a high railing. - The Executioner's swing that knocks down the gate after the cutscene where the Majini break through the roof CANNOT hit your character, so you take advantage of this by getting right next to the gate as he breaks it then blast him or stand right near the gate and continually blast him while he walks up to it, knowing that you will not get hit when he breaks it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ ____ [CH12] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|/ __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 1-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 15+ | 10 | 7 | <6 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <13'00" | 18'00" | 23'00" | 23'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH121] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Chris and Sheva will start out in the aftermath of the Public Assembly battle. All Majini are now gone, all destructible objects in the town area are now destroyed and all items in the town area have disappeared. There are two ++GRENADES++ on the roof of the building that Chris and Sheva first entered the Public Assembly from however. Rush back to the southwest portion and move up the ladder behind the small fence. Move up the next ladder to step onto the rooftop where the two grenades are. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building. [ ] Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run past the gate that Kirk destroyed with the helicopter. There is a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the small shack to the right as the characters step past the newly opened gate. You can jump out the window of the building then land in the drainage area below to be able to see a wooden barrel behind a fence up ahead. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | You see that --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the fence in the drainage area to the | | west? Run up to the fence and slash the barrel through the fence and | | you'll be able to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ inside without having to get it | | from the other end of the area. Climb the ladder in the drainage area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move around the side of the building above the drainage ditch in the west. Find the set of double doors in the northwest. There is a dropoff with a ladder in front of the door. You can fall into the drainage area below and slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside to gain ++400 GOLD++ if you already haven't. Return to the double doors and activate the ready command while beside them to move on. [CH122] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U R B A N D I S T R I C T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both characters will be able to hear Captain Dechant over radio upon first stepping into this area. Kick open the door to the building up ahead then step inside. Slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- then take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table near the barrel. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Drawers - The Drawers on the south side of the room near the barrels can be examines. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table beside the barrel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop through the window or step around the north corner then open the door to the west. Some Majini can be heard up ahead. When the characters walk toward the broken ladder a slight cutscene will play. Both characters can press the assist button near the ladder for a partner assist action (assist jump). This makes Chris hoist Sheva up to the floor above. There is really no reason to do this other than to see a key item that neither character can reach just yet. The Sheva player should fall back down after the cutscene. On any playthrough, you can simply skip this partner assist action. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Barred Window - The Sheva player can examine the barred window on the second floor after the partner assist action in order to see a key item. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Find the alley to the west. A female Majini is hunched over a dead body at the end of the alley. She will be alerted to the characters presence soon, so prepare to blast her. She actually won't attack from a distance until a character aims a her. She feels that hot laser on her back ready to blast through her skull! When you step into the next area, a Majini will be beating a dead body behind the fence to the north. If you step near the fence then he will notice the characters and climb the gate to attack them. You can simply shoot him while he is at the top of the fence and make him suffer damage from the fall. It's really best to let Majini such as this come to your side; this way, you'll reap the reward of the item drop that they might possibly leave behind instead of having it closed off to you. Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the fence and other --WOODEN BARREL-- in the alcove to the east. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In front of the fence to the north. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If the characters run up to the fence on the far south side then a blonde | | haired woman will fall from the side of the wall behind the fence and a | | Majini will quickly reach down and grab her then drag her away. Neither of | | them can be hit. They are immune to damage and will not stagger when shot. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | A character can stand near the south fence and shoot all the boxes inside | | the stand on the other side so that the pile falls over. A Majini hides | | behind them and will knock them down once a player approaches the stand | | after moving around the corners to the west. If enough of them are shot | | out of the way, the Majini will be huddled in the stand and only be able to | | knock aside a few boxes instead of a whole pile. It's quite hilarious to | | watch his attempt at a scare fail from a FAQ author's thought ahead of | | time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Two more Majini will approach your characters from the south. Slash the stack of --TOMATOES-- in front of the west building. A Majini will attack when your characters step into the building (he drops through the roof). Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside the building. You'll find a broken ladder outside the building to the south. A Majini will step out from the area behind the ladder. Finish him off then ignore the ladder for now and enter the path behind it then slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table at the end. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Tomatoes - On table by some sandbags to the southwest. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the right freezer, inside the west building. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table in the area behind the second broken ladder. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the nearby broken ladder. You can perform a partner assist action (assist jump) with this ladder as well, but this one has purpose! > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Move along the rooftops and head to the north. Use the command to jump to the room in the far north. The moment Sheva steps into this room, Chris is going to have to deal with some Majini below. The Chris player will not be completely overwhelmed though, so don't worry about getting back to him. Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the top of the freezer and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table to the right then grab the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from the middle table. Collect the **OLD BUILDING KEY** on the cabinet on the far northwest side of the room. Run back along the rooftops and get back to your pahrtna' now. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the freezer to the left as Sheva enters the room. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the middle table. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right after entering the room. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Old Building Key - On the cabinet in the southwest portion of the room that only Sheva can get to. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Chris doesn't really have that much to do here. As soon as Sheva enters the building then three Majini will attack him. Simply shoot them in an area that will stun them for a melee attack then give them an uber Redfield knockdown. > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Once both characters regroup, step into the small room to the east then open the door at the end. Hop through the window directly ahead then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on the right freezer in the room in front of the red door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop back outside the room then move along the nearby alley to the south. A Majini will try to climb over the fenced portion of the wall to the east, so shoot him at the peak of his climb as he tries to climb or allow him to come to your side then blast him for a possible item. You'll run across a --WOODEN BARREL-- along the alley as both characters work their way to the southeast. A Majini will knock over the cardboard boxes that cover a stand as the two characters walk by it. Slash the stack of --TOMATOES-- on the table under the umbrella further ahead. You can toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand to the right of the tomatoes to break it for a random item. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - This is lying along the alley. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - Lying on a table under an umbrella to the south. --> Definite Item: Incendiary Grenade [ ] Stand - Toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand near the tomatoes to break it. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the west of the building by a fence. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Red Door - Red door of the nearby building [ ] Blue Door - Blue door up the stairs of the nearby building ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The red door near the characters and the blue door up the stairs of the nearby building are locked. You might as well collect the random item from the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the west before doing anything else. Approach the blue door below the stairs of the nearby building then open it and step inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - By a fence to the west. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the cabinet off to the right then enter the room around the corner to the east and collect the ++400 GOLD++ and ++100 GOLD++ from the long desk. Unlock the door if you want. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - Lying on a cabinet to the right as the characters enter the first floor of the building [ ] 400 gold - Step into the room off to the right before going upstairs to find this on a desk. [ ] 100 gold - Lying on the desk beside the 400 gold pickup. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs and step onto the second floor. Take the ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the top of the metal container to the south. Step out onto the east walkway and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the left. Be sure to shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (1/30)-- on the south side of this rooftop as referenced below. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #01 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Look off the south side of the east walkway after \________/ after climbing up the stairs in the building with the two locked doors to find this BSAA emblem on the outside wall of the building to the south behind a fence. Aim and look downward. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Drawers - Check the drawers to the side of the first aid spray pickup. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the east outside walkway. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] First Aid Spray - On the south metal container after moving up the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step back into the building then walk to the west walkway. You can unlock the blue door to the south if you want. This is the one that was above the stairs. Two Majini will attack from the outside walkway. One of them knocks over some cardboard boxes from the right side of the walkway. They probably stack them up themselves to provide a cheap fright for locals as they knock them over. Find the chest to the left along the outside walkway and open it to collect the ++ANTIQUE CLOCK++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Antique Clock [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing the stairs in the building with the two locked doors, fight off the two Majini that attack near the west walkway then step out onto it and turn left to find a chest containing this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Instead of going all the way back down the stairs and exiting the building, simply drop down off the side of the west walkway to get back to where the characters were previously at below. Walk toward the door to the north and use the assist button near it to kick it open and trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT Hey, wasn't that Allyson? Adam's girl? You know from the Kijuju blog. Go and visit the blog right now and read up on the story of Adam and Allyson if you don't know about them. It provides some good backstory for her character. www.kijujublog.blogspot.com Seriously, go now and read it before walking up the steps ahead and you'll feel more content in a few seconds. It doesn't provide a major plot device, but still... If you collected the Old Building Key then use it to unlock the door of the building to the west. Break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- then take the ++ITHACA M37 (SG)++ from the plaque inside the building. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Ithaca M37 (SG) Location: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 Details: Have Sheva collect the old building key by moving along the rooftops after using the partner assist action near the second broken ladder then, after the cutscene with Allyson, unlock the blue door to the nearby building then collect this weapon from the plaque inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building that must be unlocked with the Old Building Key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moving up the ladder to reach the rooftop of the building and climbing up to the top of the crate in the northwest have little significance unless you're chasing after the chicken in this area and it happens to fly on top of either area. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The chicken in this area can lay a variety of random eggs. There are four | | types of chicken eggs altogether: White (Common), Brown (Uncommon), Gold | | (Rare), and Rotten (dropped by an enemy). The chicken might lay one of the | | first three eggs if the characters leave it alone in a certain place for a | | while. | | | | An egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy much like tossing a grenade | | or you can "Use" or press the assist button to eat the egg for a health | | restore depending on the egg type: | | | | White (minor), Brown (moderate), Gold (full), Rotten (-50% health) | | | | Rotten Eggs will take enough damage to kill most Majini in one hit when | | thrown. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below the stairs of the north building then climb the stairs of the building and move toward the door to trigger a cutscene. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the staircase of the north building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sub-Boss --> Allyson (blonde woman) My dear Allyson, Adam wouldn't even recognize you anymore... and he sure won't in a few minutes, now that you've dared to raise those pretty little mouth appendages to a Redfield. You get a Haymaker to that pretty little face for that fright earlier, my dear... an uber Redfield Haymaker. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Right at the starting of the battle, if you want to tag team melee Allyson | | in single player then shoot her in the arm, issue the "Go" command to Sheva,| | perform a hook on Allyson then Sheva should be behind her to knee her back | | to Chris. Perform the Haymaker from the front side or step around her | | backside as she staggers to get the Back Hand command. | | | | It's so wrong and disrespectful, but it leaves me feeling so good when I | | I think about it. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Directly after the cutscene, Allyson will attack both character. She is just like an ordinary Majini except for the fact that she has a bit more health. She has about the same amount of health as the Majini with the megaphone back at the Public Assembly in Chapter 1-1. Weaken Allyson and defeat her like you would a normal Majini then her head will bust open to reveal a parasite called a Cephalo. These centipede-like head appendages strike from medium to close range with their necks. In order to defeat it, aim for the centipede head and fire at it with any weapon. The handgun and machine gun really work the best since you can spam it with rapid fire without knocking it down but if it gets too close then fire a shotgun blast at it then empty handgun or machine gun bullets into its head while it's down. There is a way to avoid the Cephalo spawning however. Simply shoot Allyson in the leg then run behind her and perform an instant kill melee attack with either character. Problem solved. This works for any type of parasite spawning while fighting a Majini. If you want to finish off Allyson in style however, simply shoot her in an arm and bounce her back and forth then perform a co-op melee attack against her to finish her off for good also. Go ahead and perform that Skull Crusher that you're no doubt brainstorming. Besides Allyson, other Majini will enter the building after a short while. Simply stun the extra Majini with gunfire then knock them down with a melee attack. About six extra Majini will attack altogether (not all at once, usually in groups of two). Allyson will leave behind the --IVORY RELIEF-- treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ivory Relief [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Allyson (blonde woman) will drop this treasure after she is defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: The Works Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go. Details: In single player mode, right when the battle begins, shoot Allyson in the arm for an arm stun, issue the "Go" command so that you're AI partner runs behind her. Quickly hit Allyson with a melee attack from up close before she recovers from the arm stun and your AI partner should be right behind her, so that character can bounce her back. Let loose the tag team melee button input command when it appears and you'll bag yourself a trophy/achievement. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- There is nothing outside the door that leads to the second floor walkway where Allyson was standing in the cutscene. Break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table in the west room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - In the west room of the building, the opposite room from the room where Allyson is fought. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leave the building by opening the door and stepping down the staircase to the west. Kirk will come in over radio and mention that Alpha Team is under attack. Four Majini will step into view from the south and move toward the characters. I feel a tag team melee coming on. The double door gate to the west is locked. You can step over to the large crate up the steps then climb on top and drop behind the west wall or simply move around the back side of the crate and go through the hole in the wall on other side. Run to the far north end of the path to the side and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. The lock for the double door iron gate can be broken by kicking it or shooting off the lock, but there is really no need to do this. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the door on the southwest side of the next building with the assist "ready" command to continue. [CH123] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A B A N D O N E D B U I L D I N G - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Step around the corner of the dimly lit hall up ahead. A cutscene will play eventually to showcase the area. Open the door to the nearby room then step inside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Sink - The sink off to the left upon stepping into the room. [ ] Bags - The pile of bags around the corner to the east. They are to the left around the first east corner. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Navigate around the corridor up ahead. There are a few rats running about. They've likely heard that Exterminator Redfield and Alomar are treasure hunting. Move to the corridor and walk up the stairs. Notice the black oozing liquid moving out of the ceiling. Both Chris and Sheva can stand under it and allow it to drip on them. Thankfully neither of them get dirty. It slides right off Sheva's smooth skin and Chris's granite composition. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Black Liquid - The black liquid that drips from the ceiling of the stairs can be examined. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the corridor to the east at the top of the stairs. A body will step into view ahead. You can slash it with your knife. Slash open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the cabinet. Sheva will speak a little about the corpse as both character move past it. Break open the next --WOODEN BARREL-- in the southwest corner of the room ahead. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Dead corpse - The dead corpse that steps into view can be interacted with once it falls. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the cabinet, to the east after getting off the stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb the ladder up ahead. Just like RE4, these ladder can be knocked over with the "Knock Down" command that appears while standing above one. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #02 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Abandoned Building - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After climbing the ladder, move to the center of the \________/ walkway to the side. Look up and to the northwest to spot a dead Alpha Team soldier hanging on a wooden pole then look toward the water tower further upward to see this BSAA emblem on the framework below it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - You see that dead Alpha Team soldiers that hangs on the wooden pole up above while looking off the side railing? You can be an evil bastard and shoot the corpse then watch it slowly fall off the pole. I once had him hanging off the pole with one arm. Anyway... be sure to look up toward the water tower off to the northwest rooftop and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (2/30)-- on the framework below it. .------------------------------------ EXTRA ----------------------------------. | The crows that fly overhead in this area can be shot. They will help to | | boost your kills for this chapter and might carry random items. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move directly to the north and slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. Step past the next Alpha Team corpse along the west walkway. Turn to the left once you reach the door then hop over the gap in the walkway using the command that appears while standing next to the hole in the walkway. Open the chest on the other side and collect the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++. Leap back across the gap then use the partner action command to kick down the next door and trigger a cutscene. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the ladder. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the ladder. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ at Captain DeChant's feet then break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the north cabinet and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------INVESTIGATION [ ] Captain DeChant's corpse - Lying at the character's feet after the cutscene. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the north side of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the east side of the room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - Lying at Captain DeChant's feet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the blue door to the south and follow the corridor ahead as it moves to the north. Use the command in front of the controls to open the elevator door then step inside and use the partner assist command to go down. [CH124] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - F U R N A C E F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the elevator doors then move down the hall to the south up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the elevator. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the hall ahead as it curves to the east then move up the stairs and open the door at the top. Slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- to the right of the dead Alpha Team soldier then slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door up ahead. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Black Slime - On the left corner of the wall at the right turn. [ ] Alpha Team Soldier - The dead Alpha Team soldier on the floor. [ ] Door - The locked door to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the west door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The door to the west is locked and requires a key. Go figure. I know, let's go down the dimly lit tunnel with black oozing liquid all over the walls... and a the dead Alpha Team member slumped against the far wall! That's gotta' be the right way. Follow the south tunnel to the end and move to the west at the far end and enter the room with the incinerator. Break open the three --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the room and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- next to the corpse on the other side. Notice the two gas cylinders that are against the east wall and north wall. The incinerator in the west can be turned on by interacting with the switch in front of it. Collect the **FURNACE KEY** from the right hand of the corpse in front of the incinerator. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the east side of the room. [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the north side of the room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse. [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM [ ] Furnace Key - The dead corpse in the room has this in his right hand. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Now, let us go back to the door at the end of the hall with oozing black liquid that wreaks of death and unlock the door at the end then leave this area. A cutscene will play once the characters step close to the end of the hall. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + UROBOROS -------- HP: 28,000 Weak Points: - Orange glowing portion of arms - Brownish bubbling portion of collapsed body - Weak against fire (incendiary grenade, incinerator) Recommended - Gas Cylinder (shoot them with any weapon after absorption) Weapon(s): - Incinerator - Incendiary Grenades - Any weapon to hit the glowing portion of arms (shotgun) - Shotgun for showcased body weak point when collapsed Attacks: 1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of him. This attack is mid and close range. 2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the character with his arm while turning. This attack is very rare, much like the Executioner Majini's turning swing. 3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms. The partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape. The boss will eventually let go after a while. He stretches his arms out almost as far as he swings his arm for the other attack. 4) Lunging Grab - Uroboros ducks down then lunges forward to grab a character. This grab looks much like the other grab but it is more sudden. A button prompt that appears shortly before the grab will allow your character to dodge out of the way of the grab. 5) Dash - Uroboros crouches down then scurries toward your characters. This move can knock down a character that is in his way but it rarely does so. 6) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out one or both arms directly forward to grab. This attack can be performed when the boss has one or both arms and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or through a partner assist melee. 7) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit and covered in a black leech-like substance. The character will hold his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually disappears. The substance drains your character's health much like a poison for the first few seconds that it remains on the character. It will not force a weak character into Dying status. 8) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room. It's a Super Marcus! Dr. Marcus must have somehow survived and taken all of that mutating green ooze like Shredder in the second Ninja Turtles movie! No, actually this creature is named Uroboros. Knowing too much about this creature at this point is actually a spoiler. If you watched the opening movie then you should realize that this is the man that was overtaken by the black leech-like substance after the Bird Lady injected him. You don't want to fight this boss in the current hallway, so turn and run all the way back to the room with the incinerator. Fighting him in this hallway with a normal weapon setup is meaningless since all he will do is push both characters down the hall and into the room with the incinerator while he damages them with direct contact to his leech-like body. --> EXPOSING HIS WEAK POINTS Allow the boss to enter the room and it will trigger a slight cutscene upon stepping inside. This boss has two visible orange weak points on its arms and both characters can shoot at the orange glowing weak points to knock off his arms and stun him. The arms will constantly grow back at a quick rate, so both characters have to destroy them quickly. .---------------------------- SINGLE PLAYER TIPS -----------------------------. | 1) In single player mode, set Sheva to attack mode and she will help out | | greatly at damaging his arm weak points with her pinpoint accuracy with any | | weapon. | | | | 2) If Uroboros grabs your character then tap the assist button while | | struggling to have your partner save your character quicker. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> THE GAS CYLINDERS You really want to use his arm weak points as a last resort however. Remember the red gas cylinders along the sidewalls? Run toward one of them with either character and use the command that appears while standing next to it to make the character knock it down. Your character is not completely invincible to attack while performing the knock down animation for the gas cylinder, so you don't want to knock one over while the Uroboros is nearby. A lot of times, he will not hit your character, but he can! The boss will get the gas cylinder stuck in his leech-like body. Back away and shoot the gas cylinder with any type of weapon to immediately stun the boss and cause it to collapse. Its weak point will be showcased as the body beneath the leech-like substance is showcased under the brownish bubbling liquid. Any weapon fire from any weapon will damage it but close range shotgun blasts are preferred. --> THE INCINERATOR The easiest way to dispose of this boss is to get him caught in the incinerator. Allow him to pick up a fallen gas cylinder then lead him into the incinerator. While he is in the incinerator, shoot the gas cylinder to stun the boss then rush back outside the incinerator and use the controls to seal the chamber and burn him. One burn will be enough to finish him off on normal mode, but multiple burns in the incinerator are needed to finish him off on Veteran mode. This method will help to save a bunch of ammo, but you might forfeit a certain treasure in doing so. In order to lead him into the incinerator, it is best for one character to lure him inside while the other character waits outside the incinerator and stands by the controls ready to flip the switch after the gas cylinder inside of him is shot. On single player, walk over to the control and use the assist command when Sheva is nearby to make her stand near the controls. She will not flip the lever until the Uroboros is inside of the incinerator, so simply lead the creature into the incinerator while it carries the gas cylinder then shoot the cylinder and run out. Sheva will announce that she is flipping the switch and your character will have a few seconds to get out before the incinerator closes. --> STANDING UP TO UROBOROS The arm swipe and the two mid-range grabs can be avoided by simply backing up; well, as long as you have room to back up. The arm extend grab can be avoided with a sidestep to the left or right, but this move will be easier to avoid if he only has one arm, obviously; it can also be avoided by backing up, really far! If the boss is beaten normally without the final hit being delivered by an incinerator burn, he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure item. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Uroboros without leading it into the incinerator for the final hit. The final hit must be a gunshot. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + Run back outside the room after the battle then continue back down the hall to the north. Use the furnace key on the door at the end to unlock it then step into the next hall. There are three packs of ++HANDGUN BULLET (+5)++ in the metal case before the second turn. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM (3/30)-- past the fence further down the hall. You'll need to look past a concrete piece then blast it while it hangs on the wall behind the fence. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #03 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: When the characters reach the metal case with handgun \________/ bullets, move down the next hall then look toward the right fence along the wall. Look past the left side of the concrete piece to see this emblem on the wall behind the fence. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move down the hall to the west and open the elevator using the controls to the side of it. Step inside then choose to move up with the assist command that appears in order to end this chapter! - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _ [CH21] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 60+ | 45 | 30 | <29 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <23'00" | 28'00" | 33'00" | 33'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH211] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S T O R A G E F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both Chris and Sheva start out in a warehouse. Keep in mind that you can shoot the rats for some extra gold pickups here. Turn around and slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northwest portion of the room then climb the nearby ladder on the crate across from the barrel. You'll find two crates to the east, so hop the gap in between them then open the treasure chest directly ahead and pick up the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++ inside. You've likely seen the ---BSAA EMBLEM (4/30)-- hanging on the nearby wall in full view, right? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #04 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Storage Facility - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Hanging near the middle of the west wall, above a \________/ wooden barrel shortly after the chapter begins. There is a note about the BSAA medals in this room also. The programmers want you to see this without using Berserker's guide. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Both Jeeps - Both jeeps in the back of the warehouse. [ ] BSAA Emblem Memo - On the sandbags in front of the south jeep. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - In between the two large crates in the north middle portion of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the very back of the warehouse behind the jeeps (northeast side). --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fall down the west side of the large crate then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the sandbags. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM FILE-- on the sandbags near the south jeep. Take the ++H&K MP5++ from the metal case in front of the south jeep. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: H&K MP5 Location: Chapter 2-1 Details: Open the metal case in front of the south jeep to find this weapon inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below where the BSAA medal was located and check out the --DIRECTIONS FOR PARTNER FILE-- and --ITEM MENU FILE--. Slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- beside the door on the west side of the room then use the assist button to interact with the door to move onto the next area. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Direction for Partner File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door. [ ] Item Menu File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the BSAA emblem on the west wall. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the exit door. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On some sandbags near the exit door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH212] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E B R I D G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move around the side of the crates to the north. Notice the C4 explosive tripwire in between the crates. Take out the machine gun or handgun and shoot the explosive or the tripwire to set it off from a safe distance. You'll run across more of these as the characters progress forward. Keep in mind that the characters can lead an enemy toward the explosive and set it off to damage the enemy. Aim upwards and to the left then shoot the Majini with the crossbow that will be alerted to your characters presence. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | It's possible to aim up toward the top left metal container when the cross- | | bow Majini first arrives and shoot him to make him fall on the C4 explosive | | below. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Continue around the corner and a Majini will be standing to the right. You can take out your knife and slash him as he runs toward your characters since he always dashes! Move on further ahead and quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow as he tries to run toward on a nearby crate. If he makes it to the ladder then he will climb up it and try to shoot the character from above. Another Majini will attack from off to the right (south). If you look to the north before moving past the crates near the crossbow Majini then you'll notice a tripwire. With steady aim a player can shoot the wire or a player can shoot the actual explosive from the top of the crate near it. Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ inside the crate to the east after turning left up ahead. Climb the nearby ladder of the crate that the crossbow Majini ran to and you can get a clear view of the C4 explosive below. Drop down and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- near it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Inside of metal crate next to where the crossbow Majini is. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maneuver around the sides of the crates to the southeast. Find the single --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the metal crate to the east. Shoot the next C4 explosive tripwire then continue around the crates, this time heading north. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the metal crate in the southeast --> Definite Item: First Aid Spray ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NEW ENEMY: Adjule A new enemy known as an "Adjule" (dog) will step into view. There are a total of three inside the open crate up ahead. Take out the shotgun and shoot them or blast them from far away with the handgun or machine gun. Don't let them get too close. They have some very fast lunging attacks that can really leave a player confused as to their location after they hit a character. These enemies always attack in packs, so be prepared to deal with about two or three at a time most of the time. Adjules come in three different sizes. They become more ferocious and tougher when they're heads separate to reveal their parasitic inside. Any type of burst of light from a flash grenade or flash round will instantly kill an Adjule that has exposed its parasite, though, if this is your first playthrough then you don't have either of the flash explosives yet. A Majini with a crossbow will be on top of the east metal container during the Adjule battle so shoot him down or close to a wall so he can't hit the characters. Look around the side of the crates to the north after the battle to find a --WOODEN BARREL--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the north of the open metal crate where the Adjules attack. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shoot the C4 explosive tripwire to the south and move around the side of the crates ahead. A sinlge Majini will leap out from behind the end of the left metal crate and attack. Climb the ladder on the side of the crate up ahead as your characters turn back to the north then follow the path up above and drop from the other end of the open crate. A Majini to the west will notice the characters. Soon an Adjule will step into view along with a new enemy known as the "Big Man Majini". Hurry up and step out from behind the crates. There is a set of oil canister that can be shot in front of the car in the open area. This will serve to damage the Big Man Majini and other Majini and the Adjules that attack. NEW ENEMY: Big man Majini Use your shotgun for this part while the other character uses a handgun or machine gun. You need to focus on the Big Man Majini once he steps into view. He hits very hard with constant straight punches and an overhead physical attack with his fists. The best way to deal with him is to take out the shotgun and blast him from close range to stagger him then rush up toward him and melee attack him. Blast him again then repeat and keep repeating. The Big Man Majini can also be take down with a handgun if a character constantly blasts his legs then runs up to melee attack him when he falls to his knees. The Big Man Majini can also be set up for a tag team melee after any type of melee performed to him. The characters can easily turn Big Man into a punching bag through constant bouncing melee attack after the first melee. A flash grenades stun can set him up for a tag team melee very easily. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: The Works Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go. Details: In single player mode, lead the Big Man Majini away from the other enemies, preferably in the narrow area, and use a flash grenade to stun the Big Man Majini then quickly run behind him and knock him toward your AI partner. If your AI partner knocks him back then hit him with the tag team melee command that will appear in order to get this trophy/achievement. This can be done against all Big Man Majini rather easily, so if you can't get it here then you'll have more chances later on. You could also toss the flash grenade then quickly use the "Go" command to make your AI partner rush to the other side of the Big Man Majini to set up the placement for the tag team melee nicely. No flash grenade is really needed if your character uses a handgun and aims for his legs. Big Man Majini are easier to work into a tag team sequence than normal Majini because they don't stagger per hit; they only slide just a bit per melee attack. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- The Majini and Adjules can get in the way quite a bit while attacking the Big Man Majini. Some of the Majini have crossbows and will try to climb the ladders of the crates to the west to get to high ground, so be ready to look up and blast them. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big man Majini and he will drop this. Most Big man Majini will drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = After the battle is over, slash the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the west side of the area near the tree. Move around the side of the cars then use the partner assist prompt to open the gate on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPONT Break open the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the sandbags ahead. Walk toward the gap in the bridge to the north. You see those four red explosive barrels up ahead? They will come in handy in a moment. Leap to the other side of the bridge by tapping the button when the "Jump" button prompt command appears. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate. --> Definite Item: Red Herb [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A cutscene will trigger after leaping to the other side of the bridge. A truck is coming and I don't think uber Redfield has enough strength to stop it with his bare hands - sometimes I wonder though. Anyway, aim for the closest red explosive barrel to the right and shoot it when the truck passes by the side of the explosive barrel to cause an explosion that will make the truck fall over and slide the rest of the way toward the characters. If you're not precise or quick enough then truck will ram the two characters and kill them. The truck can still damage the characters when it slides toward them fast, but when it slows down quite a bit it is no longer a threat. A whole horde of Majini will attack from the north side of the bridge up ahead. Thankfully, they conveniently stand near the left and right red explosive barrels in the back of the bridge, so take advantage of their red color blindness then shoot the two barrels to take out several of them with each explosion. Run ahead and finish off the remainder of them. I don't know about you, but I feel some tag team melees are needed here. Run to the warehouse to the far north and break open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- inside and find the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east side of the warehouse. There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the warehouse near the sidewall to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside of the warehouse and to the west. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move toward the stairs that lead to the sewers to the west. Look off the side of the railing (to the south) and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (5/30)-- on the middle bridge pillar below. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #05 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After moving to the other side of the bridge, stand at \________/ the top of the staircase then look to the south below the bridge. Look at the middle pillar supporting the bridge to see this emblem standing on a wooden platform that wraps around the bridge pillar. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- CHECKPOINT Move down the stairs and enter the sewer tunnel below. Keep moving ahead and three Adjules will race down the tunnel toward the characters. Both characters need to concentrate fire here or the Adjules will get past your shots. A character could toss a hand grenade here since they pile up in a bunch and the tunnel is narrow. Two more Adjules will attack once the characters move further into the tunnel. Continue to follow the sewer tunnel as it splits to the east. Open the door ahead then move around the corner. Shoot the rats for extra gold and break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- in the next room. Use the assist button to interact with the next door in order to enter the next area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the south side of the room in the sewers. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the north side of the room in the sewers. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH213] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E P O R T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move down the tunnel and be sure to pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ treasure off to the left upon stepping out into the waterway. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying in the standing water on the south side of the waterway to the left as the characters exit the tunnel while starting this chapter. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Notice all the Majini to the right up ahead. I bet they'll get up in a second and try to scare us. Let's move toward them and humor them. Good freaking god! That makes me want to curl into a fetal position just thinking about the pain. NEW ENEMY: Kipepeo An enemy known as a Kipepeo will bust out of the back of the fallen Majini. These enemies like to fly overhead and grab your characters with their tail appendage. Stand back and shoot them with a close shotgun blast or use the handgun or machine gun. Keep backing up if they move forward in order to avoid their grab. A total of three Kipepeo will spawn from the Majini in the waterway. The Majini at the far end will get up and attack like normal but, once he is shot a few times, his head will bust open to reveal yet another Kipepeo. Keep in mind that any Majini that the characters fight in the next few areas might spawn a Kipepeo without any warning. The Kipepeos will leave behind ammo and other items just like the Majini so be sure to watch for it - by now you know that all B.O.W.'s carry gold and ammo, right? T and G-virus cretins were just concealing it well in the past games. I suspect those Alpha Hunters back at the Spencer Estate probably had US dollars, coin currency, gold necklaces, gold teeth, and diamond rings on them if we would have looked more closely. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Instead of fighting the Kipepeos, the character could simply shoot the lock | | on the gate door ahead from the other side of the screen then run and open | | the door as they spawn and move down the tunnel to avoid the battle. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the lock on the door ahead by kicking or shooting it then enter the dark tunnel ahead. We have some very nice lighting effects here. Shoot the rats for some extra gold. Climb the ladder at the far end of the tunnel. The characters will climb up to a port area. If you look closely, a Majini will run by to the side; he off to the north past the boats as the two characters step into view. If you can manage to walk around the side of the building, arm your S75 rifle quick enough (on a second playthrough) and shoot him then he will leave behind a ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ treasure on the other side. Run quickly over to that side and grab it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After exiting the sewer via the ladder, step around the right side of the nearby building and you'll see a Majini quickly move around the side of the boat up ahead. Quickly arm the S75 rifle and shoot him to make him drop this. You have to be quick. One shot anywhere on the body at default damage level will work on normal mode. On a second playthrough, a player can use a flash round to stun the Majini that runs behind the boat then shoot him. In co-op mode, one player can stun him then the other player can quickly run over to his side and continue to stun him with flash rounds. Perform a tag team melee on him to make fun of him trying to run from your characters. In other words, show off that you have read Berserker's RE5 guide where we make fun of cowards with our uber skills! = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Pick up the ++GREEN HERB from near the boats to the north and enter the nearby building to the east. Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside the east building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ to the side of the doorway. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the boats outside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. [ ] Green Herb - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk back outside the building then move out into the ocean from the shoreline up ahead. Move against the far south end to find ++100 GOLD++ eventually then run to the toward the middle of the ocean and find the planks that stick out of the water in the back middle portion and collect the ++100 GOLD++ while standing on the north side of those planks. Run to the far northwest end and pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ from the ocean floor. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying out in the far northwest portion of the ocean. Simply run out to the far northwest portion of the water, near the boat then pick this up. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Enter the marketplace area up ahead past the boats near the shore. Three Majini (one on the other side of the locked gate and two past the center stands) will quickly scurry away. You can shoot them if you want. Cowards. You fear the tag team melee addiction of almighty Berserker! Run now and tell all your friends about me. The east gate is locked and requires a key. Slash the ++MELONS++ on the west side of the middle stand and the ++MELONS++ on the east side. There is also a stack of ++MELONS++ along the north side but it doesn't hold anything special. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the west side of the center set of stands. --> Definite Item: Shotgun Shells (+5) [ ] Melons - On the east side of the center set of stands. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Stands - Several of the stands in this area can be destroyed with a hand grenade or by knocking a Majini into them. There are eight destructible stands total. They all look similar somewhat. --> Random Items ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The chest in the center of the middle set of stands holds a ++RUBY (MARQUISE)++ treasure. You'll have to use a hand grenade to destroy one of the destructible side stands in order to get to it. If you climb the ladder on the south side of the building across from the building with the padlock and step across the roofs then you'll find an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ treasure on the far north side. If you look at the ceiling of the small green building to the south of the middle set of stands (literally aim upwards while facing the inside counter) then you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- on the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Approach the stand in the middle of the market- place area in front of the locked door and toss a hand grenade against the chest in the middle of the stands. The grenade will go off and break the two side stands and allow access to the chest. Open the chest for this treasure! = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the ladder on the south side of the building next to the building with the padlocked door then climb the ladder. Run across the rooftop then walk to the far north corner to find this laying on the rooftop. It's not exactly in the corner but very near it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #06 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: To the south of the middle group of stands is a closed \________/ green building. Walk toward the building counter and aim upward then look at the ceiling to see this BSAA emblem. You can actually see it glimmering through the crack of the other side also. This building is very small - smaller than a stand. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Find the padlocked door across from the middle set of stands. Break the padlock and enter the building. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | You can enter this room by knocking off the padlock or you can jump through | | the window in the back. Majini will attack after you get a key item | | inside, so if you want to play it safe then jump through window in the back | | and this will make it to where they have to move through the window to get | | to your characters. You can stand inside the building and knife slash them | | as they try. Even the Big Man Majini will fall victim to this though he | | can get by the knife slashes at times. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Slash the --TOMATOES-- to the right after entering the building. A dead corpse hangs from the middle of the room. He has a meat hook stabbed through his neck. Shoot the key on the meat hook and it will fall. Pick up the **PORT KEY** key item. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Hanging Corpse - Hanging from the middle of the inside of the building with the padlocked door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tomatoes - To the right after entering the building with the padlocked door. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Port Key - Hanging from the hook on the hanging dead corpse. Shoot it to make it fall. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The moment the Port Key is grabbed, several Majini and a Big Man Majini will surround the building and enter it to attack. If you didn't break the padlock then they can only get in through the window, so you can easily stand and fight them off from inside the building but if you did break the padlock then it will be best to fight them outside to keep them to one side more easily rather than having them come from two separate directions. Try to take down the Big Man Majini first by using shotgun blast to knock him back then run up and melee attack him or one character could blast him in the legs with a handgun then run up and melee him. The other Majini shouldn't be too much of a problem, but you might have to break out the shotgun if they begin to crowd around too much. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini after collecting the Port Key and he will drop this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = After the battle, use the Port Key on the gate to the east to unlock it then move along the dock and step onto the boat to the right. Slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- around the west corner of the boat. Step out onto the wooden dock to the north and pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the right when the dock splits. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the boat near the dock after moving past the gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after moving past the gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after moving past the gate. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the south end (path split) of the wooden dock to the north of the boat. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop into the water below the boat on the north side then pick up the ++400 GOLD++ below the wooden ramp that leads up to the boat. A few Majini and a Big Man Majini will attack once the characters step near the path ahead. Have the shotgun ready for Big Man and melee his ass after each shot. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini shortly after moving along the docks from the ship after using the Port Key to unlock the gate. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Climb up the ladder to the street above if you haven't already. Kirk will arrive in the helicopter up above and he will provide cover fire for Chris and Sheva. You can step behind the wall of the building to the left and use the new Resident Evil cover feature. You might need to take cover from the Majini with the crossbows behind the barricade further ahead. Use the handgun or machine gun while stepping out to fire at them. Kirk should help out quite a bit though to where you won't have to do that much. .---------------------------------------------------------. | Cover feature controls: | | | | Action button = press against/move away from wall | | Aim button = step out and aim while holding the button. | | Run button = reload (no need to hold aim button) | '---------------------------------------------------------' Enter the nearby building to the left and slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside. Be on the look out for the Majini with the crossbow on the high walkway of the building up ahead. Climb the ladder propped against the right building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ near the north railing. You'll most likely notice the --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- through the doorway of the building to the north while on top of the current building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Stand - The first stand to the right can be destroyed. Kirk might destroy it. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building to the left. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing on the north end of the rooftop of the building with the ladder. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #07 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the building with the ladder \________/ propped against it then move to the north side railing. Look toward the open doorway on the north building directly ahead to see this BSAA emblem on the wall behind the doorway. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fall back down the building and hop over the barricade to the northeast. Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ off the table near the building to the left up ahead. Majini will move out of the double doors of the building to the northeast. One of them might spawn a Kipepeo once defeated. Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO++ further ahead then move around the side of the table to the right and break the --WOOODEN BARREL-- in the alley beside the northeast building. You can also hop over the railing to the right just outside the building doors. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Move around the tables to the south outside the northeast building you'll find this down an alley besides the building. You can also hop over the railing beside the building to get to this. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - On a table under a straw rooftop by the building with the double doors. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On a table to the off to the left below the building with the "STORES" sign off to the left of the street. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the double doors of the northeast building then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside and open the metal case then grab the ++S75 (RIF)++. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: S75 (RIF) Location: The Port - Chapter 2-1 Details: Open the metal case inside the building to the northeast while on the street where Kirk provides cover fire. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Leave the building then head to the double doors in the north. Use the assist button to open the doors to continue to the next area. [CH214] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S H A N T Y T O W N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - You have two choices as to how to enter the building up ahead: OPTION 1 --> WALK DOWN THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD If you walk down the path then a Majini will .----------- TIP ------------. eventually spot your character and pound on the | Instead of gunfire, you | nearby window then eventually break through it | can also equip the knife | and attack. Stand near the window as the first | then stand in front of the | Majini climbs through and blast him. There are | window and slash at the | two more Majini inside that will either follow | Majini from the other | the first or stay behind - you might have to | side. | hop inside to get their attention. Run to the '----------------------------' end of the path and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the broken down car that is blocking the path around the side of the building. Hop through the window and enter the building. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Try facing the window that the Majini pounds on then jump through it to | | knock him down and perform a melee ground attack. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a broken down car at the end of the path outside the building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The blood splatters along the wall and sheet to the side provide the perfect unsettling mood for entering this room. Find the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf to the right. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] The Chainsaw - The chainsaw on the middle counter in the slaughterhouse. [ ] Hatchet - The hatchet that sticks out of the meat chunk on the counter beside the chainsaw. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All the skulls displayed around the room can be destroyed with the slash of the knife or any type of shot if you so desire. Navigate through the hanging hooks with animal bits on them and open the door on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the shelf across from the middle table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 2 --> WALK AHEAD THEN MAKE AN IMMEDIATE RIGHT Kick through the blue door or carefully open it then move around the side of the building. Chris players can take out the rifle and look through the window near the wooden door up ahead then blast the single Majini standing near the window - the rest won't attack yet. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence. The Majini will notice your character in due time and open the door to the building on the left, so you might as well kick down the door and start shooting. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the fence across from the back door of the Slaughterhouse. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | If you're fast enough at reaching the wooden door on the other side of the | | Slaughterhouse, your character can actually kick the door and hit the | | Majini on the other side of it. This doesn't always work like the window | | knockdown however. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf across from the middle table. You might want to hop through the window on the other side and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the wrecked car down the path to the right. Exiting this room via the window takes you back to the beginning path basically. Both characters started down the left side of the outside path. Get back into the room and kick back through the door on the other side. --> BOTH PATHS MEET HERE Alright, so now we're outside the building. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence if you haven't yet. Move along the path that leads to the hill up ahead. There are two --WOODEN CRATES-- on a table off to the left right near the building that both characters just exited from. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; left box. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; right box. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the hill and a slight cutscene will play. Two Kipepeos will continue their descent and begin to attack after the cutscene, so shoot them with your handgun. Sheva's machine gun also works very well at damaging them with its rapid fire and Chris' rifle can knock them down with one shot. Aim carefully since they sometimes wave around a bit while flying downward. You might want to back down the hill just a bit as they descend so they will be closer and usually more still while you fire. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | (1) The Kipepeos cannot move under any portion of the Slaughterhouse | | rooftop, so both of your characters can run under the roof then stand | | back and shoot them safely from a distance. Kipepeos cannot move under | | any rooftop of fly though a doorway. | | | | (2) A player equipped with a rifle can stand at the bottom of the hill and | | tell a partner to move forward to and activate the helicopter cutscene | | by issuing the "Go" command while the player with a rifle stands at the | | bottom of hill. The rifle player can easily aim and snipe both | | Kipepeos with the rifle from the bottom of the hill. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Continue up the hill. While standing below the ladder, you'll get a button prompt with either character. Basically press the B button when the "Assist" command appears and have the character walk toward the partner and press the button that appears. Sheva will be hoisted up to the ladder and she will climb on top of the roof. > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < From the moment that you regain control of Sheva, arm the machine gun then aimed toward the Majini with the cocktails off to the left and tap the trigger once to defeat him instantly and make a Kipepeo spawn from his body. Pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ and the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from the long platform along the middle portion of the roof then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the raised portion on the right side of the roof. There is some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ near the railing along the far side of the roof as well as another --WOODEN BARREL-- on the far left side. Sheva mainly needs to watch out for the Majini with the crossbow and the Kipepeos that spawns from the Majini with cocktails. If the Kipepeo flies toward Sheva after shooting the Majini with the cocktails then make defeating it your first priority and then quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow. Sheva can actually stand behind a wooden wall on the right side up ahead across from the ladder that will shield her from the flaming bolts. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - along the right side of the rooftop [Sheva only]. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - along the far left side of the rooftop [Sheva only]. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying near the railing on the opposite side of the roof. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Majini with the cocktails will spawn a Kipepeo from its head, so be ready to blast it with the machine gun if Chris doesn't shoot it. Use the remaining time to help out Chris while he fights the Majini groups below the building. Stand and blast them with the handgun or machine gun to help out Chris. Try not to interrupt the player if Chris has things under control with his melee attacks. Whether or not you hop back down the ladder or not at this point depends upon you. When Chris moves up to the door up the stairs ahead, Sheva can help out fairly well here. Equip the Machine Gun and aim down at the Majini then barely tap the trigger while aiming at their legs, head or shoulders and this will put them in a stunned position where Chris can hit them with melee attacks. If the Chris player realizes what Sheva is doing this can go extremely well. Either way, the Chris player should begin to realize the stunned Majini in front of Chris. Sheva needs to watch Chris' back and protect him from any Majini that might sneak up behind him as well. Shoot any Majini that get near him and try to blast them in vital areas to stun them for Chris to melee attack them. In order to get off the rooftop, Sheva will have to jump back down from the side with the ladder and move around the side of the building to rejoin Chris. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Chris needs to go around the left side of the building. There is a breakable --WOODEN BARREL-- down a path to the immediate right after moving around the side corner of the building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the path along the left side of the building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | If you want AI Sheva to get off the building and rejoin Chris then tap the | | Assist button to issue a "Cover" assist command and she will usually jump | | off the building and meet up with Chris. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Chris will have to deal with a small group of Majini as they move down the hill directly ahead of him. There is also a Majini with a cocktail on the ledge directly ahead. Shoot at the Majini up the hill and prepare to back up as the Majini on the ledge tosses cocktails toward Chris; he might toss them toward Sheva. The cocktails can damage the Majini below, so he might actually do Chris a favor if you back up when he tosses the cocktails. You'll eventually need to shoot the Majini on the ledge if Sheva doesn't shoot it for you. The Majini with the cocktail will spawn a Kipepeo from his head, so prepare to shoot it with the handgun or rifle. The rifle really works the best since it is at such a distance - simply shoot the Majini then equip the rifle and blast the Kipepeo as it spawns. It will fly toward either Chris while he is stationed below or Sheva while she is up on the building, so be sure to take it down. After the Kipepeo is defeated, move further up the hill and a group of Majini will bust through the door of the building at the top of the stairs. Shoot at them from below the stairs and aim for a vital area on them such as the head or legs then run up and knock the whole crowd down with a melee attack. If Sheva didn't do a good job of surveying the area then a Majini with a crossbow will be at the top of the steps. Sometimes a Majini will hang around inside of the building up ahead as well. If you have a hand grenade here then toss it up the stairs and this should defeat the majority of the Majini. Sheva should come and join Chris in just a minute. If she doesn't then call to her with the B button or tell the other player to climb down the ladder and get their ass in gear. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < Make an immediate left and enter the restroom area. Move over to the last stall and prepare to shoot the Majini standing in that stall; he might rush toward your character. Pick up the ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ where the Majini was standing then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- next to the nearby sink. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Equip the knife and face the Majini as he runs out of the stall then slash | | him to most likely knock him down. Perform a melee ground attack to finish | | him off if he falls. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the restroom, near the sink. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the floor in the last stall where the Majini is. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk back out of the restroom then continue on up ahead. Grab the ++RED HERB++ off of the table then turn left. There is a Majini in the small alcove behind the boards - look to the left as your character enters the area. Prepare to blast him then run up and melee him or whatever ritual you have. Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- across from where the Majini was standing. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove across from the alcove with the Majini. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the table next to the boarded alcove. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The metal set of red double doors are locked .-------- EXTRA NOTE --------. from the other side. Go ahead and investigate | A grenade cannot even open | them to see the outside padlock. Walk further | those locked doors from | into the room ahead then turn to the left and | this side. They will be | move up the stairs. A single Majini is guarding | opened in a moment with a | the stairway, but as your character moves | little co-op assistance. | further up the stairs, another Majini will walk '----------------------------' down the second set of stairs at the top and another will enter the area from the doorway that leads out to the left walkway. Be sure to watch both of them as you shoot so one doesn't get the drop on your character. Run off to the left while on the second floor then pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the chair off to the left and step out onto the outside walkway then grab the other ++HAND GRENADE++ off to the left. If you walk over to the right past the metal drum and look up while out on the walkway, you'll see that the next floor is broken and has a dropoff where one can easily get back to this floor. Chris should keep that broken side of the above ledge in mind. Run back into the building then climb the next set of stairs. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the chair near the right outside ledge entrance. [ ] Hand Grenade - To the left on the outside ledge. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .--------------- FIRST FLOOR METAL DOOR LOCK GLITCH/EXPLOIT ------------------. | While on the second floor, it is possible to arm a grenade and stand on the | | right side of the third column to the right on the outside walkway of the | | current building and arm a hand grenade then toss the grenade against the | | yellow Animal Health sign of the BG Production building next door so that | | it bounces off the sign and lands in front of the red metal door below, | | which will break the lock. The correct targeting for tossing the grenade | | is to aim directly at the sign with both character and aim a little | | downward. | | | | You can also bounce a grenade off the side of the third floor walkway of | | the other building or you can toss it toward the right edge of the wall on | | while on the third floor of the current building. There's a variety of | | ways to bounce the grenade, as long as it fall in front of the door below. | | | | Sheva can hit the lock from the third floor of the BG Production building | | after Chris tosses her over if you toss a grenade down at the red metal | | door while standing on the edge of the third floor. The aiming can be | | quite hard. You actually have to aim like Sheva is about to throw the | | grenade at the concrete floor because of the camera. | | | | Sheva can also hit the lock from the second floor of the BG Production | | building if you run to the side with the slightly destroyed railing and | | toss a grenade down at the door. She can also shoot the lock with the | | handgun or rifle. Keep in mind that the Majini will be moving up the | | stairs while Sheva is on the second floor. | | | | ** Breaking the lock before Sheva falls to the second floor of the BG | | Production building will automatically cancel the first wave of Majini | | that normally attack Sheva. | | | | No matter which method is chosen, your character (or Chris, if Sheva is | | tossed over) can run to the stairs and activate the Chainsaw Majini | | cutscene and this will skip the first and second wave of Majini that appear | | in the area outside of the current building. | | | | One interesting aspect of this glitch is that if the first wave of Majini | | have already appeared then they will disappear immediately following the | | Chainsaw Majini cutscene. If Chris or Sheva stall outside the building for | | too long after opening the red metal door (if the first wave hasn't | | appeared) then the battle music will eventually play and the second wave of | | Majini will appear. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Destroy the two --WOODEN CRATES-- at the very top of the second set of stairs. Look over to the left and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf. There is a ++GREEN HERB++ on a chair hidden behind the stair railing in the alcove directly in front of set of shelves. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; left barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; right barrel. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the shelf to the left of the two wooden barrels. [ ] Green Herb - On a chair across from the shelf with the handgun ammo. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run out onto the outside walkway. Move toward the far end that faces the outside building for an assist jump prompt. Don't jump just yet! The Chris player needs the S75 rifle for this part, so give him the rifle if you have it Sheva player! Also, turn around while facing the edge of the building and look up onto the rooftop of the current building then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (8/30)-- above. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #08 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Shanty Town - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Before performing the partner action jump to toss Sheva \________/ over to the BG Production Building, while at the edge of the walkway, turn around then aim upwards to see the edge of this BSAA emblem. A Sheva player can simply turn around after landing on the opposite building to see the full emblem easily. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Make sure that all of the items in the current building have been collected before performing the assist action. ,------------------------- ADVICE FOR A CHRIS PLAYER -------------------------, | Before Sheva is tossed to the other building, a Chris player needs to take | | the rifle since a rifle is very much needed for the next segment of | | gameplay. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Walk toward the edge that faces the BG Building next door and use the partner assist prompt to help Sheva jump to the building across from the current one. > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Sheva will land on the roof of the BG Production building next door. Take some time to break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left then hop down to the floor below by leaping off the ledge ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the top ledge of the BG Building [Sheva only]. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the second floor of the BG Building in the northeast corner. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Look behind Sheva as she lands and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northeast corner while on the second floor. Sheva will have her work cut out for her here as a group of Majini move up the stairs off to her right. There is an explosive barrel nearby. You can wait for Majini to pile up near it now and shoot them or wait until later in the battle and shoot the barrel. It's a little hard to hit it later in the battle at times with all the Majini in the way. Either way, allow them to gather near it then shoot it. It's best for Sheva to stand in the corner where the breakable barrel is (or was) to make sure that no Majini sneak behind her. Sheva mainly needs to keep a sharp eye out for the Majini with flaming crossbows that will stand near the stairs and shoot at her. When several Majini rush toward Sheva in a group you need to either shoot one of them in the head and run up to him then roundhouse kick him and the rest of the crowd or take out the Machine Gun and spread fire through the group then run up and hit any of them that are stunned in a pose that will give Sheva a button prompt for a melee attack. Melee attacks are very helpful in this area for both the invincible animation and the multiple knockdowns that they cause. If Sheva has a grenade then you might want to toss it at the group of Majini if they start to build up around the area. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Arm the machine gun then wait near the stacked pipes across from the red | | explosive barrel then aim toward the top of the stairs. As the Majini run | | toward Sheva, tap the trigger button while aiming at their legs to either | | stun them or knock them down. Try to keep them grounded for as long as | | possible and they will begin to mount up beside the red barrel. At the | | last possible moment, shoot the red barrel. If a Majini tosses a weapon at | | you then immediately shoot the red barrel and the explosion will deflect | | it. Sheva will be close enough to the barrel where it will make her throw | | up her arms, so she'll also get invincibility during this animation from | | possible bolts fired at her at that time also. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Sheva needs to make her way downstairs and break the lock on the door of the building across from the BG Production building. It's best to fight off all the current Majini then move down the stairs and run toward the door, but keep in mind that Sheva can still open it while Majini are still in the area if you want Chris to help out. Walk toward the red double doors and Sheva will get a button prompt command while facing it. Press the X button to kick at the lock. Three kicks should break it. You can also shoot the lock. .-------------------------- EXTRA (W/SLIGHT SPOILER) -------------------------. | If Sheva does not open the door for Chris (during co-op), the battle music | | will continue to play but the final wave of Majini will not appear. Sheva | | can actually move up the stairs to the east by herself and trigger the | | Chainsaw Majini fight while Chris is still locked up. The Chainsaw Majini | | fight will carry on like normal, except Chris will still be trapped in the | | nearby building. Be forewarned that the Chainsaw Majini can break the lock | | to the door where Chris is located however! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < ,----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------, | In single player mode, if Chris quickly jumps down the side of the ledge | | directly after helping Sheva across, then you might not have to watch the | | scene where the Majini move up stairs on Sheva's side. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Equip the rifle with Chris. Chris is going to .----------- TIP ------------. have to provide cover fire for Sheva as the | Chris can shoot the Majini | Majini attack her. Fall down the ledge on the | as they enter the BG | right (west side) of the third floor ledge and | Building by looking down | your character will land on the second floor | at the ground floor and | walkway directly across from the floor that | and shooting them as they | Sheva is on. Step up to the railing and look | step through the entrance | through the scope of the rifle then get Sheva in | doorway. He can also hit | view. Look to her right and prepare to cover | the red barrel to the | Sheva. Make sure to shoot the Majini that are | right of the entrance with | close to Sheva first if they start to group up | the rifle to defeat | around her. The best way to help out Sheva is | multiple Majini. | to shoot the Majini with the flaming crossbows '----------------------------' that tend to stand near the stairs and shoot at her from a distance since Sheva will most likely be so busy with the group of Majini running at her, she won't have time to hit these distant pests. .--------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ---------------------------------. | If you're not that good at sniping like yours truly, stand on the far right | | side of the walkway and toss a hand grenade at the stairs the second you | | hear Sheva fall and this will take out a good majority of the first few | | Majini. You can continue to toss grenades at the stairs as they continue | | to move up them or toss a grenade at the ground outside of the BG | | Production building - don't forget about the red barrel! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Wait for the Majini to stand still then aim for the head and shoot while using the rifle and you'll get a guaranteed head explosion on each one. If you're playing in single player and Sheva manages to get by the Majini on the stairs and starts to move downstairs then she is heading for the door below, so quickly run down the stairs of the building and join her. Once the coast is clear, Chris should run back down to the first floor and await Sheva's arrival near the metal red double doors that are locked. Use the Action button near the door to kick on the locked doors a few times with Chris if Sheva suddenly starts to daydream and that should get her attention. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < < < < < < < < < < < Once Chris is through the doors, both characters will be reunited right before another Majini ambush! Majini will eventually hop over the fence in the west and attack then some others will appear from the east. Try not to let them surround your characters. You might want to enter either of the nearby buildings or duck into the alley by the building. The red explosive barrels can be used to defeat a whole group of them at once, but you might want to save those explosive barrels for another more powerful enemy that will attack in this area in just a few moments. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the left of the front entrance to the BG Production building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Ride the Lightning Description: Defeat a Majini using the electric current from a transformer. Details: Look toward the stairs off to the side and find the transformer suspended on the telephone pole to the left of the staircase. Aim up and shoot the transformer down. The transformer will send out an electric current that will shock all nearby enemies after it is shot when it is not electrified. Lead Majini toward the grounded transformer then shoot the transformer to electrify them. Don't move up the stairs too far for the cutscene for the Chainsaw Majini boss will activate and make this achievement a bit hard to gain. If a player can kill a Majini with the electricity from the transformer then this trophy/achievement will be earned. Keep in mind that the actual electricity must kill the Majini, so a player can weaken the Majini (with gunshots) down to where the electricity from the transformer will kill it. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table near the red explosive barrel outside of the building that Sheva was in then enter the bottom floor of the building. Destroy both of the --WOODEN CRATES-- on each of the wooden tables inside. You can move up to the second floor via the staircase but it won't do Chris much good unless Sheva didn't break the wooden barrel up there - AI Sheva has a habit of leaving it behind. Exit the building through the back entrance then make an immediate left and follow the path to the dead end then break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the set of boards. Down the other end of the path there is a --WOODEN BARREL-- in a corner at the turn. .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------. | If you destroy the door in the back of the BG Building by slashing at it | | then it might make the next battle in this stage just a bit easier since | | you won't have to constantly kick it down while running into or out of the | | back of the building while being chased. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; right table. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; left table. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - In the dead end behind the building [far east end]. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) [ ] Wooden Barrel - Along the path behind the storage building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the front of the building then head to the east. Climb up onto the broken down bus by moving up the first ramp on its left side then look to the right and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the dashboard. Step off the other side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side of the broken down bus and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the left side of the path up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the broken down bus. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the right side of the dashboard in the wrecked bus. [ ] Green Herb - Below the stairs that lead up to the gate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Before you walk up the stairs, while standing near the bottom of the stairs, look up and find the transformer suspended on the metal pole beside the nearby building. You can actually shoot it to make it fall before the boss fight in order to already have it on the ground waiting to be shot during the battle. Walk up the path when you're ready. A cutscene will trigger as one of the characters walks up the path. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Whether or not both characters will appear in the next cutscene depends | | upon how close or far apart they are. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + CHAINSAW MAJINI --------------- HP: 10,000 Great. A chainsaw. Keep in mind that if the Chainsaw Majini hits your character with his chainsaw blade then it will register as an instant kill for that character much like Dr. Salvador's fine blade in Resident Evil 4 or it will leave your character in dying status. See his two different attacks below. Attacks: 1) Crazed Swing: Pretty much like it sounds, the Chainsaw Majini will hold his chainsaw up into the air and then laugh maniacally as he swings his blade forward. Unlike his other attack, this chainsaw swing is not an instant kill however. If this attack hits your character, it will immediately send that character into dying status. 2) Focused Swing: This is the swing to end them all as well as your character's life. If the Chainsaw Majini performs a much less charged and quieter swing rather than laughing then the blade will slice right into your character's neck and the Chainsaw Majini will continue to drive the blade across the neck until your characters head rolls off. The death cutscene plays on both screens while on either online service in order for both players to witness the love that was dished out in that one fatal swing. --> TO GAIN AN ADVANTAGE AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS BATTLE... Single Player: Have the rifle equipped before the cutscene ends then zoom in on the Chainsaw Majini's head and blast him in the head to stun him. Run up to the Majini and blast him a few times in the head with the handgun then perform a melee attack by inputting the melee attack button command that appears. Be sure to run by him to force AI Sheva into getting in a hit as well if you have her set to "Cover" mode. You could keep running away and shooting him in the head for a stun then melee him throughout the remainder of the battle if you can watch for the other Majini around the area. Always try to make sure that the first rifle shot hits the Chainsaw Majini while attempting to shoot him directly after the cutscene in single player mode. If the shot misses then the shell ejection animation from the rifle shot will leave Chris open to a chainsaw slice. Co-op: (Recommended) 1) One character (whichever) can stand at the bottom of the stairs and take on the Majini that appear while the other character fights the Chainsaw Majini. The character that fights the Chainsaw Majini needs to aim at his head with the handgun (or any other weapon) and fire off two shots (differs depending on weapon) then run in and fire off a few more shots shortly before hitting him with a melee attack. Right after hitting him, quick turn and run a few steps away then turn and repeat (shoot him in the head to stun him again). With good aim and a good partner that will keep the other Majini busy, you'll be able to finish him shortly. If you use some of the maximum aggression methods labeled further below, then he will fall extremely fast by doing this. (Alternate) 2) One character can equip the rifle and stand at the bottom of the stairs or really far away (other side of the screen) while Sheva moves up the stairs to trigger the cutscene. After the cutscene, zoom in and aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle while the Chainsaw Majini chases the other player then shoot the Majini in the head. Each successful shot to the head will stun the Majini, allowing the other player to spam the Chainsaw Majini with shotgun fire to the head shortly before melee attacking it. You could actually keep this up with Sheva serving as bait to distract the Chainsaw Majini away from the rifle player while that player shoots the Chainsaw Majini in the head from a distance. It's good for both players to watch out for each other when the Majini start to appear. A rifle player could easily shoot them in the head for instant kills. 3) One character can stand at the bottom of the stairs while the other moves up the stairs. After the cutscene, aim up at the transformer on the metal pole then shoot it right when the Chainsaw Majini is at the bottom of the stairs to electrify him. You can keep running back and forth to the transformer for the rest of the battle and shoot it when the Chainsaw Majini is nearby to send another blast of electricity out of it. You could easily mix this method in with any other method, just keep the power box in mind. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------, | Both Sheva and Chris can stun the Majini by hitting it in the head, | | shoulders or legs to eventually stun him to where both characters can get a | | button prompt for a melee attack. Be sure that both characters hit the | | Chainsaw Majini with a melee attack when nearby. If you're playing on | | single player then have Sheva set to "Cover" mode and run behind the | | Chainsaw Majini after Chris' melee attack to have Sheva follow up with one | | of her own. Keep in mind that the absolute weakest portion of the Chainsaw | | Majini is head - a few shots from any weapon will stun him quickly when hit | | in the head. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> RIFLE STRATEGY Shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with the rifle will always stun him if he is he moving normally. The rifle is the absolute best weapon for Chris or Sheva to use during this fight while engaged in a co-op game. Your AI partner will usually provide distraction for the other Majini. Be sure to keep your distance from the Chainsaw Majini and don't ever shoot when he is close to Chris unless you are definitely going to hit him, if not, then the shell ejection animation during the missed shot might just sign your death warrant, my friend. Make sure there are no enemies around whenever Chris needs to reload. While in single player mode, this can still be one of the absolute best ways to finish off the Chainsaw Majini quickly. You see, shoot him in the head to stun him then run up to him and hit him with the melee attack then run past him while Sheva is in "Cover" mode and she will follow up with a melee attack of her own. The main player can toss a grenade afterward to restun the Chainsaw Majini - look toward the ground and toss it right in front of your character since the Chainsaw Majini will most likely be very close by. The Chainsaw Majini stays stunned for quite a while after shooting him in head so you could run up to him and blast him in the head a few times with the handgun or once with the rifle before hitting him with a melee attack! --> LURE STRATEGY A player can serve as bait to lure the Chainsaw Majini away from the other while the character with the rifle concentrates on shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with his rifle. Use the Machine Gun and Handgun to fire at the Majini and keep it chasing Sheva - try to aim for its head. Don't ever reload your Machine Gun while an enemy (especially the Chainsaw Majini) is nearby. Whenever the Chainsaw Majini is shot in the head with the rifle, quickly run up to the Chainsaw Majini and hit him with constant gunfire from any weapon then quickly perform a melee attack right before he recovers. Switch between weapons in tough situations when your character doesn't have time to reload. --> CO-OP STRATEGY A player can easily stand back and use the rifle to perform a quick headshot to stun the Chainsaw Majini while the other serves as bait then the lure player can rush into the Majini while it is stunned and get close and blast the Chainsaw Majini in the head or body with a weapon until the weapon is fully empty (don't reload) then perform a melee attack. The player with the rifle should stay far away and view the battle through the sniper scope then shoot the Chainsaw Majini in the head again when he recovers. The other player can reload right after a melee attack or, better yet, perform a quick inventory reload by combining the ammo with the machine gun during the melee attack animation. The player with the rifle can also rush in and perform the character's own melee attack after the other player's but you'll have to quickly gain some distance again. A lure player should try to keep an eye on the rifle player's backside and quickly blast any Majini that try to sneak up behind him since he'll be performing precision aiming while the Majini appear around the building area. A rifle player should remain focused on stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a headshot. It helps to move around a bit if you think some Majini might be approaching your character from behind; all you really have to do is run forward and bit when Majini start to appear behind the character then you'll have time to perform a quick headshot. It's really best if the rifle player reloads by combining the ammo with the rifle via the inventory menu during the clip ejection animation in between shots. --> SHOOT THE BARRELS Lure the Chainsaw Majini toward one of the four red barrels found in between the buildings and shoot the red barrel to cause an explosion that will stun him if he is close. If he is not close enough then the blast will simply stagger him for a few seconds. Be sure to stay far enough away from the red barrel so your character doesn't get caught up in the blast. The red explosive barrels have a much greater blast radius then you might expect so be careful if this your first time to experiment with them. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | If your partner happens to be standing next to a red barrel right when the | | the Chainsaw Majini is about to hit that character with its chainsaw then | | quickly aim toward the barrel and shoot it. It might damage your character | | or it might not. Your character might throw up his/her arms in response to | | the blast rendering them invincible for a few seconds or the blast might | | hit that character and take away some health. Either way, it is better | | than instant death. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> A MOST GRUESOME GAME OF TAG Both characters will have to stay on the move throughout this entire battle. You'll need to constantly look out for Majini that enter the area and you'll really need to listen for the roar of the chainsaw. The Chainsaw Majini takes quite a while to prepare his fatal chainsaw death blow, but when you're stuck in a reloading animation, that fatal blow animation time could never go by any faster! It kind of sounds like this: (A REVVING CHAINSAW BLADE MUFFLES OUT ALL OTHER SOUNDS) TAG! GRINDING NOOOOOOOOOIIIIIIIIISSSSSSES- YOU'RE IT! (BODY COLLAPSES IN FAILURE FOR BOTH PLAYERS TO SEE). His attack where he charges his swing longer (and laughs) is not fatal but it will drain your character down dying status if it connects. The main path that you'll want to take during this fight is to move through the alley in the back of the BG Production building then kick through (or if you destroyed it) run through the doorway and then step through the building again to reenter the area in front of it. You can keep circling this entire area in this way to stay away from the Chainsaw Majini. You can also take the battle upstairs to the second floor of the BG Production building where some objects lie in the middle of the room; the objects can serve as a barrier while you circle around this floor. Don't every try to meet up with Chainsaw Majini on the staircase. It's also possible to take this fight back toward the beginning of this stage if you so desire. You really don't have to worry about getting hit by his chainsaw whenever your character dashes next to him but he will most likely try to take a swing at your character, so be quick! He has a long recovery time after each unsuccessful slice so that time can be used to blast him. Keep these tips in mind: - An Incendiary Grenade will stun the Chainsaw Majini afterwards if he is caught in the flames (he staggers) - A Hand Grenade explosion will cause him to crouch down. - Directly after a melee attack, depending on the landscape, your character can toss a hand grenade directly at the ground while facing the Chainsaw Majini as the Chainsaw Majini recovers and the grenade will go off and restun him. This is a trap if you can keep this up - melee, grenade, melee, grenade, etc. - If your partner is about to get hit with the chainsaw and there is a red barrel nearby the partner, shoot the red barrel with your gun. Hey, at least it will save them from instant death. .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | Be very careful while healing your partner while your partner is close to | | the Chainsaw Majini. A single heal at the wrong time will make the | | characters stand together just long enough for the Chainsaw Majini to rev | | up his blade and hit both characters. Try to quickly stun the Majini with | | headshots if your partner is near him and in dying status or extremely low | | in health then heal your partner quickly while the Chainsaw Majini is | | stunned. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> MAXIMUM AGGRESSION METHOD - RIFLE PLAYER A player can take the Chainsaw Majini on solely with a rifle and have the Chainsaw Majini dead in a few minutes if both the rifle player and the other player work together. It's very risky since one missed headshot from close range might just equal the rifle player's death but if you're aim is good then there won't be any problems. Have the player without the rifle wait at the bottom of the stairs then arm the rifle and move up the stairs to trigger the fight. When the battle begins, aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle scope and blast him directly in the head to stun him. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini enough to where the melee command button prompt for hitting will appear then fire off at least two rifle blasts directly at any portion of his body. Cancel the final blast into a melee attack then quickly pull up the inventory menu and reload by combining the ammo with the rifle. Quick turn away then run down the stairs just a bit then quick turn around and blast him in the head again. Rinse and repeat this sequence and the Chainsaw Majini will fall very quickly. It is possible to get in three full rifle blasts before ending the sequence of shots with the melee attack but you have to perform the head stun shot very close. The entire sequence is a complete trap for as long as you can keep it up. Sheva should stay at the bottom of the stairs and fight off the Majini that hop into the area below. Keep them away from the stairs so Chris can focus on his aiming. - SHOTGUN PLAYER Shotgun players can be just as aggressive with the shotgun while close. Simply stun the Chainsaw Majini with two handgun shots or one well aimed shotgun blast from close range then run up to him and fill him full of shotgun blasts then melee attack him. Quickly reload through inventory then quick turn and run away a bit then arm the handgun or shotgun and stun him again. The rifle player can help out by stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a rifle shot to head while he is at the bottom of the stairs. Be sure to watch for the Majini that jump into the area from below however. - COMBINING THE TWO AGGRESSION METHODS If two players work together and combine both aggression methods then the Chainsaw Majini will die extremely quickly. The main bad part about combining both aggression methods is that the Majini below the stairs will eventually move up the stairs and start attacking. You might be able to take down the Chainsaw Majini before they make it up the stairs though. For both character methods, a character should never melee attack the Chainsaw Majini early or it will end the prolonged stun. Always survey the situation below the stairs when quick turning with either character. --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE CHAINSAW MAJINI WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY If you're going for the gunshot + melee cancel method that I mentioned above and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off one final shot along with a melee cancel. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini as he staggers then perform a quick blast with either the rifle or a few shots from the machine gun or handgun then cancel the final blast into a melee immediately. With the shotgun, you can get off about a good 3-4 shots before he recovers and still have a chance to melee attack him. .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------. | Any of the above methods can be speeded up greatly by tossing hand grenades | | at the Chainsaw Majini while he is stunned to intensify the damage done. | | Remember that a single Incendiary Grenade will instantly stun him as he | | burns in the fire. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> CHAINSAW MAJINI EXPLOITS - If the transformer is on the ground and electrified, the Chainsaw Majini might get stuck behind it to where he will continually run into it while trying to get to your character. If this occurs, simple stand in place and shoot the electric transformer every now and then to keep it electrified while you chuckle at his stupidity. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini onto the broken down bus by moving up either ramp along the side of the bus then drop from the driver's side of the bus. While the Chainsaw Majini drops from the bus, shoot him. You can keep luring him onto the bus to make him drop again. This is some very valuable info for knife runs since he can be slashed while he drops or steps up onto the bus. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini back to the first building where Chris and Sheva can perform the partner action that will hoist Sheva up to the building. The neat thing about doing this is that the Majini will usually come after Sheva at this point by climbing the ladder, so all she has to do is stand at the top and slash them back down with the knife. The Chris player can focus on the Chainsaw Majini at this point. Keep in mind that both characters are not invincible during their ready poses for the partner action setup by they are invincible once the hoisting command has begun. This will not work well in single player mode since the AI partner will automatically fall down the ladder to "help" the player. If you're performing a knife run through co-op play, try this and get back to me on how well it went. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini all the way back to the Slaughterhouse at the beginning of the stage. Make him follow your character toward the window then hop through the window. The Chainsaw Majini will refuse to climb through the window and you can shoot him while he is on the other side. He will take the long way around and choose to move through the blue door outside of the Slaughterhouse. Simply hop back through the window when he gets close. You can keep this loop up and he will he will always choose to move through the blue door. It's good to destroy the wooden door in the Slaughterhouse while doing this so you don't have to kick it open on your way back - the Chainsaw Majini will destroy it himself if you don't however. This is also valuable info for knife runs since he can be slash from the other side of the window. - When your character hops through the window of the Slaughterhouse, the chainsaw Majini will always run toward the blue door and his AI is bound and determined to open that door, so you can follow him and blast him along the way. He opens every door by hitting it with his chainsaw and he has some hefty recovery time from doing this and you can get in a few good shots while he does this. He will only turn after he has opened the door, so be ready to run again. This is incredibly helpful for knife runs since he can be slashed quite a bit before he turns after opening a door! Be forewarned that your character should quick turn and run away early since the corridor with the blue door is very narrow and the Chainsaw Majini will likely be in the way where your character will not be able to run beside him. - The Chainsaw Majini's chainsaw blade attack that opens a door CANNOT hit your character much like the Executioner's gate-breaking swing in the Public Assembly, so you can literally stand on the other side of door and blast him the second he opens it as the chainsaw blade passes right through your character while the door is opened. Pick up the **GUARD'S KEY** from the Chainsaw Majini body once he falls. Some of the other Majini might still be in the area; listen for the battle music to tell if they are or not. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Guard's Key - Defeat the Chainsaw Majini and he will drop this. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | More commonly on difficulties such as Veteran or Professional, but | | sometimes even randomly on normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini might get back | | up after his "death" and begin swinging wildly while moving toward your | | characters. He has little life left when he does this, but he is a walking | | death machine that will easily kill off any character that get in his way | | by sending them into dying status and finishing them off almost instantly | | afterwards. | | | | If he does this, use the rifle, handgun or machine gun from long range to | | quickly spam fire on him and kill him off again. You don't really have to | | kill him; a character could easily pick up the key from his fallen body | | unlock the door and both players can leave the area through the assist | | command while he rages. | | | | He can be hit from the moment that he starts to rise, so a character can | | begin to damage him right then. If this is your second playthrough then | | placing a proximity bomb in his path will cause him to get stunned once he | | moves over it and allow the characters to run up to him and easily finish | | him off. | | | | NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk | | mode. He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have | | already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already | | dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully | | stands. There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste | | them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, the Majini left behind do not have | | to be defeated. You could simply grab the key, then use it on the gate up | | the stairs and then exit through the back gate. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, move up the stairs to the east then run around the corner at the top. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right along the way to the gate. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - in front of the locked gate, to the right --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interact with the gate near the barrel once the Guard's Key has been obtained from the Chainsaw Majini's body and the gate will be unlocked. Kick through the gate then rush toward the --ITEM BOX-- ahead. Open the chest and pick up the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++EMERALD (PEAR)++, ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ and ++3,000 GOLD++ from the item chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square), Sapphire (Square), Emerald (Pear) |_________________| Topaz (Pear), 3000 Gold [all treasures = 1,000 gold each] DETAILS: Inside the chest beyond the gate that requires the Guard's Key. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 3,000 Gold - Inside the item box. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step in front of the gate to the side and press the assist button to open the gate and move onto the next area. [CH215] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T R A I N Y A R D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This area is extremely short. Turn to the left then enter the small building to the north. Shoot the crow nestled in the back of the building and it might drop some extra gold. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the left while inside the building. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Off to the left after stepping into the small building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There are quite a few crows flying in the northeast. The smell of death is in the area. Remember that the characters can shoot at the crows for extra gold or just to say that you shot something in this chapter segment. Rush to the gate to the north and both players should use the assist button to slide it open. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | While standing in front of the open gate, notice all the red explosive | | barrels and breakable stands in the open area up ahead. A player can | | actually shoot the red explosive barrels from the gate. Is it useful? No. | | Why the hell do it then? Because it's something else interesting to do in | | this area besides kill crows, that's why. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Enter the next area and a cutscene will trigger. This cutscene requires a button command from both players in order to survive the action that takes place during it, so don't put down the controller. In single player mode, you'll have to press the action commands for both characters but in co-op mode, each player will be responsible for that player's own character command inputs. The screen will display "Chris" when it is Chris' turn while a Sheva player watches the action from that player's screen. -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Chris) Sequence: A Majini suddenly leaps into the air from behind a tree while on a bike and flies toward the characters with a chain ready to hit them but Chris turns to push Sheva out of the way. Type: Single Button Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Sheva) Sequence: As the Majini on the motorcycle drags Chris away while he is caught on the chain, Sheva aims her guns carefully and fires at the chain to break it and free Chris. Type: Single Button Command: Fire -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both) Sequence: Two Majini on motorcycles drive straight toward the characters but as the characters prepare to dodge. Type: Two buttons Command: Dodge - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ ____ [CH22] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 50+ | 35 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <22'00" | 27'00" | 32'00" | 32'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH221] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T R A I N S T A T I O N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Sniper Rifle (for distant Majini especially in the Mining Area) - Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Majini combat) - Shotgun (for crowds and boss enemy) Be sure to examine the --TYPE 2 PLAGAS FILE-- on the table. It is rather interesting for those familiar with Resident Evil 4. Turn around and pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the cabinet then take the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+10)++ from the back right lower shelf. Open the north door and step out into the area with the train carts. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Type 2 Plagas File - On the table in front of the characters as the chapter begins. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Turn around at the starting and pick this up from the cabinet. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Lying on the back right bottom shelf. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk around the side of the train cart to the north and move in between the train carts. There is a C4 tripwire at the other end of the train cart. Three Adjules will step around the side of the left train cart and attack. Shoot the C4 explosive right when the Adjules try to pass underneath it to instantly kill some of them. Take out the shotgun to finish off the survivors. The Adjules move up under the train carts, so back away from the train cart if they move under one and allow them to move back out before attempting to shoot. Move around the side of the left cart. There is another C4 tripwire up ahead. Once a character moves close to the next C4 trap, three Adjules will attack from behind, so perform a quick turn then fight them. Another Adjule will eventually appear from the north to join in with the other three. You'll also hear some Majini yell out from some unknown location. Look up. They are on the train carts above and are armed with crossbows. Don't worry about them at the moment though; take care of the Adjules first. There are a total of three Majini up on the train carts armed with crossbows. You can either climb on top of the wood pieces at the north end of the middle train cart and climb up to the train cart to take them on or a character with rifle can climb on top of the stack of metal pieces to the northeast and get a clear shot at all of them. Move all the way around the east side of the carts then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ lying in the middle portion of the blockade and grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure attached to the wooden fence to the right of the blockade. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Walk around the side of the third train cart in the east and you'll find this attached to the wooden fence to the right of the wooden blockade on the other side. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - In the middle of the wooden blockade around the side of the third train cart. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move back around the side of the train cart then step up onto the wooden pieces at the north end of the middle cart. Grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ from the side of the metal pieces off to the right when the characters reach the top of the wooden piece stack then climb up onto the top of the middle train cart. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While climbing the stack of wooden pieces to get on top of the middle train cart, turn to the right and grab this off the west side of the north metal piece stack. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = While on the middle train cart, hop over to the train cart on the right side (west side). Arm a sniper rifle or you can simply look up and spot a --BSAA EMBLEM (9/30)-- on the middle portion of the top part of the tower in the west. Be sure to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ at the far south end of the current train cart also. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #09 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the middle train cart then hop over \________/ to the right (west) train cart. Look off to the west and find the closest tower. The BSAA emblem is on the middle portion of the top section of the tower. Use a sniper rifle or a handgun to hit it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 400 Gold - At the south end of the top portion of the west train cart. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop over to the far east cart then move over to the ramp on the east side. Shoot the C4 tripwire placed along the metal pieces up ahead the continue forward. Turn to the left and step over to the northeast dropoff with the red and white striped line. DO NOT DROP JUST YET! Your character will fall and land on a rail cart then the rail cart will roll through the tunnel ahead... the tunnel that is filled with two C4 tripwires. Stand just a bit back from the red and white striped line then arm a sniper rifle and look down into the tunnel then shoot the first C4 explosive. It's possible to hit the first with a handgun or machine gun also. You can shoot the second C4 explosive by running back to the mid portion of the ramp and looking down into the tunnel. Look for the actual explosive portion that is strapped to the right wall and fire at it to set it off. Look for the wire below if needed then move around the ramp and try to find the explosive on the right wall that is connected to it. The first character that falls down will land in the cart below and roll down the tunnel, so be prepared to target and shoot the second C4 explosive if it wasn't hit earlier. Hop off the rail cart then run back to the west end of the rail track. Collect the ++400 GOLD++ from off the wooden cart on the southeast side. Rush back to the elevator that the cart rolled over to and use the partner assist command to take the elevator down. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 400 Gold - On the wooden cart at the west end of the rail track where one character must ride a cart down the tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH222] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E M I N E S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the top of the wooden box up ahead. The GPS radar map (minimap) is not available in this area. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - To the right of the lantern on top of a wooden box. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In order to see the path in front of your characters in this cave area, one character must pick up the lantern on the cave floor ahead then the other character must lead the way and protect the lantern carrier from enemies. In single player, it is best for the player to order the AI partner to pick up the lantern through the partner action (assist) button. In single player, the AI partner will automatically aim the lantern in whatever direction your weapon is aimed, so exploring is pretty easy; the AI will also run if your character runs. Press the assist button a second time to make an AI partner drop the lantern. Keep in mind that the lantern can be dropped by equipping any weapon if you're the one holding it. A character can walk and run with the lantern and also pick up items. .--------------------------------------------------------------------. | Lantern controls | | | | Assist Button = Partner Picks up/puts down lantern (single player) | | Equip Weapon = Player puts down lantern. | '--------------------------------------------------------------------' After a character picks up the lantern, begin your journey into the dark tunnel ahead. Try to stay together since the cave is pitch black without any light to guide the way. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Shoot the bats in the tunnel to kill them for possible gold pickups. They | | will also appear under the Records menus as kills. Tossing a flash grenade | | will kill them instantly if they are in the area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' In the middle of the first curved turn in the cave there is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure that can be shot down from the ceiling. This item is absolutely invisible on the cave ceiling so read the description below to find it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While moving down the tunnel, find the first set of wooden planks that are nailed together overhead then continue down the tunnel and count the single overhead planks as you move by them. At the third wooden plank, aim upward toward the cave ceiling behind it so that you are aiming in between the third and fourth plank. Watch for your laser sighting to change to a circular dot while aiming at the cave ceiling then shoot the object and it will fall. Pick it up to claim your reward. This treasure does not glimmer and it is invisible while attached to the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Take a right at the cave split and pick up the ++RED HERB++ at the dead end. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - Take a right at the first cave split and this will be at the end. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the split in the cave and go left this time. Walk into the standing water and prepare to shoot a Majini that attacks up ahead. The lead character can actually arm the knife and slash the Majini since it will always run toward your character. Keep in mind that any Majini fought in this area have a high tendency to form a Cephalo from their head as they die. Use a flash grenade or shoot at the head to finish it off if this happens. Shooting a Majini in the leg and then rushing behind it for an instant kill melee attack will keep the Majini from forming a Cephalo. A Majini armed with a mining pick is further ahead. Look up real quick before the Majini attacks and find the glowing red item on the wooden plank above then shoot it and then collect this ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Shortly after moving out of the standing water, and right as the Majini with the mining pick appears ahead, aim upwards and shoot this off the wooden plank attached to the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Two Majini will attack at the split up ahead, one from the left and one from the right. The Majini from the right will be closer, so finish him off first. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- off to the right at the split. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the barrels. --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the barrels. --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turn around and move across the standing water in the next tunnel. You'll eventually come to a bridge. Stand in the center of the bridge then look off to the right and shoot the --BSAA MEDAL (10/30)-- while looking up at the waterfall. Look toward the other end of the bridge then aim upwards and shoot the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ down the wall then collect it. Two Majini will attack from the tunnel on the other side when the characters step near it. A third Majini will join the other two eventually. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #10 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once the characters reach the bridge in the dark cave, \________/ step to the middle of the bridge then turn right. Look up toward the cave wall with the waterfall to notice the emblem stuck to the cave wall. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While standing near the middle of the bridge in the dark cave, look toward the opposite side then look up to find this treasure attached to the wall above the next tunnel. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = You'll arrive at another path split shortly. Two more Majini will attack. Move down the right path first of all then break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- and the --WOODEN BARREL--. The wooden crate on the right contains a snake, so shoot the crate with a handgun or machine gun then shoot the snake to avoid taking damage. A character can also slash the crate real fast then slash the snake inside, just make sure that your character is close enough to the crate. The snake might leave behind an egg. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near some boxes down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Enemy: Snake ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the left path then move along it. If you look to the left, you'll notice some holes in the wall and there is a crate on the other side. We'll get to those crates in a second. Continue ahead then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Down the left path at the split after crossing the bridge. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on a wooden box next to the wooden barrel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move over to the side to where the paths meet then prepare to take on the Majini with the mining pick further ahead. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- that the Majini was standing in front of. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the paths behind the bridge meet. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the paths behind the bridge meet. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the next tunnel and you'll come to a large rock formation in the middle of the cave area ahead. Turn to the left and follow the slightly hidden path to the left. Shoot the --WOOODEN CRATE-- on the table and kill the snake inside then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and open the chest then collect the ++DIAMOND (OVAL)++ from the nearby chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Oval) [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: When both characters reach the rock formation near the end of the dark cave, turn left and follow the slightly hidden path then open the chest near the wooden crate at the end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - When you reach the large rock formation near the end of the dark cave, turn to the left and move down the path to find this on a table at the end. --> Enemy: Snake [ ] Wooden Barrel - Next to the wooden crate mentioned above. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the cave area outside the current tunnel then walk toward the light in the tunnel up ahead. The character carrying the lantern can put it down now by switching the current weapon or by equipping the knife. The AI partner will automatically put down the lantern. You can either have Sheva rotate the handle to the side or have Chris rotate it in order to open the gate up ahead. Spin the thumbstick in a circular motion to rotate the handle. It is really best for the actual player to spin this handle, since you'll have to fight enemies on this side in a moment. Release the handle once the partner moves up under the gate. > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < The character that stays behind should release the handle after the other player moves under the gate. This player is going to have to deal with three Majini as they attack from the dark cave behind the player. Fight them off to buy time for the partner to lift the gate via the handle at the other end. The moment the gate is lifted, haul ass under the gate since your partner will be patiently spinning the thumbstick online while you fight the Majini. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < The character that moves under the gate will need to run toward the handle in the cave up ahead then quickly spin the handle to open the gate for the other player. Use the "Come on" command to signal that the gate is lifted since the partner will be busy with three Majini behind the gate. Release the handle when the player moves up under the gate and the Majini will remain trapped on the other side. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .------------------------------------ TIP 1 ----------------------------------. | While the gate is raised for Partner 1, tapping the assist button with | | Partner 1 will issue the "Go" command for that character. Tapping the | | assist command for Partner 2 once that character raises the gate from the | | other side will issue the "Come On" command. | |------------------------------------ TIP 2 ----------------------------------| | Both characters can stand on the opposite side of the gate and knife slash | | any Majini trapped behind it then collect the dropped items by picking them | | up through the gate (if they are nearby). | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Several Majini will appear during a cutscene once the characters step into the tunnel. Two of the Majini on the floors above carry dynamite, which can make this part frustrating if you don't react quickly and take them out fast. The dynamite will kill off the Majini on the first floor, but they'll always toss it near your location and there are very few safe places to go to take cover from the dynamite other than a few tunnels. One character should rush back into the tunnel very quickly and take out a sniper rifle and quickly aim toward the left tunnel on the third floor above then shoot the Majini with the dynamite. Look up on top of the middle platform with the connecting bridge and find the second Majini with the dynamite then shoot him with the rifle. There are Majini armed with crossbows on each of the two side wooden platforms above the third floor, but they aren't as much of a threat as the dynamite tossers since their crossbow bolts tend to miss if the characters stay moving. Once the Majini with the dynamite have been disposed of, pull out the shotgun to deal with the Majini horde on the first floor. They will begin to fall from the floors above and group around eventually. This is an excellent opportunity to set up some tag team attacks from an arm stun with the other player or even the AI partner. You can easily bounce more than one Majini to set them up for a tag team melee. There is a breakable --WOODEN CRATE-- on the wooden blocks to the side. Enter the tunnel off to the left and collect the ++FLASH GRENADE++ near the rock rubble inside. Climb the ladder to the second floor and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the left side. Stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor then look toward the wheel above the middle platform. Find the shiny red piece on the second circular metal piece to the right in the middle of the wheel then shoot it to make the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ fall onto the middle platform for your character to collect. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the characters reach the big open cave area after the dark cave, climb to the second floor then stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor and aim up toward the wheel above the middle platform then shoot this down from the center of the right circular metal piece in the center of the side of the wheel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of the wooden blocks when entering the big cave area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Flash Grenade - On the ground near the rubble in the dead end tunnel to the left after entering the big cave area. It's under the pile of skulls. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb the ladder on the right side of the second floor to reach the third floor then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the characters and collect the nearby ++GREEN HERB++. In the middle of the third floor, vault over the railing of the middle platform then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- on it. Run to the opposite side of the third floor and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the stack of steel beams at the other end. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Right in front of the top of the ladder that leads to the third floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Vault over the railing at the top center portion of the third floor and this is on the platform behind the railing. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a stack of steel beams on the far right side of the third floor. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the barrel in front of the top of the ladder on the third floor. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Facing the two entrances on the third floor, enter the tunnel on the left. Run down the tunnel. A Majini will eventually fall in front of the characters and try to toss dynamite, so blast him before he starts. Right after defeating him, look up on the wall to the side of the alcove that he jumped from. This wall is above the ceiling to the tunnel ahead. Aim up and shoot the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ down from the wall above then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving to the third floor in the big open cave area after the dark cave, enter the tunnel on the right side then fight off the Majini with dynamite that falls from the overhead alcove. Aim upward towards the wall directly ahead after finishing him then look up to see this on the wall above the tunnel ahead. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Continue on ahead then take the path off to the left. A deadly combination of long range Majini will be blocking the exit up ahead. If you have a hand grenade then toss it at them and quickly step behind the nearby wooden wall. You can also aim for the dynamite that the right Majini carries and blow them all up with one shot if you're aiming is good. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- that was in the back of them after the fight. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the three Majini that are met near the end of the cave. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH223] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M I N I N G A R E A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Chris and Sheva will start outside the mine elevator. Move down the remainder of the tunnel ahead then pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from near the boulders off to the right and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ from the ground near the pipes. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the ground near some boulders after exiting the tunnel. [ ] Green Herb - On the ground near some pipes after exiting the tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs of the nearby building to trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT After the cutscene, Majini will appear outside the building to the west. One of them will be using a stationary gatling gun. Check the left locker in the set of lockers on the south side of the room and collect the ++DRAGONUV SVD (RIF)++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Dragunov SVD (RIF) Location: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 Details: After the first cutscene in this area, open the left locker in the set of lockers on the south side of the room to find this inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + You can take cover behind the nearby window to the west. Walk toward the window and press the action button to duck behind the metal wall below the building. One character should take cover behind the window and equip a rifle; take shots at the Majini behind the gatling gun during his gunfire breaks. The other character should watch the partner's back since a few Majini will enter the building from the first floor. I highly recommend using the S75 rifle since the aiming is more precise at the moment. The Dragunov has an extremely good rate of fire compared to the S75, but the character will hold the S75 steadier for near perfect headshots. Once the first Majini manning the gatling gun is taken down, two more Majini will try to run toward it, one right after the other, so stay put and kill them all. There are Majini with crossbows on the side trailer and the side of the mountain in the distance as well. Shoot them all. Don't worry as much about the Majini that are armed with melee weapons; these Majini will run toward the current building and try to move inside the building through the door on the first floor. Stay behind once the Majini have stopped their attack then zoom in on the very ledge of the mountain ahead. Look closely and shoot the Majini with the crossbow on the mountain and the Majini with the dynamite. The Majini with the dynamite can be quite annoying while moving up the mountain, so go ahead and limit their number by one right now. There is a ++GREEN HERB++ near the railing of the stairs and some ++HANDGUN BULLETS++ on cabinet near the top of the stairs. Be sure to check out the --MESSAGE-- on the counter. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Message - On the desk. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing of the stairs. [ ] Handgun Bullets - On a cabinet near the top of the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down to the first floor via the staircase then exit the building through the door on the north side. After exiting the building, arm the S75 rifle and survey the entire mountain area ahead; if something moves, shoot it until it doesn't move again or until Sheva comments on your well-aimed shot! Move to the west. Climb up on top of the trailer and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++. Fall back off the trailer then move around the other end of the trailer and climb the ladder on the side of the raised path to the southwest. Open the chest off to the left and collect the ++DIAMOND (BRILLIANT)++ from inside. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - In the back of the trailer outside the building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Brilliant) [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, move around the left side of the trailer ahead then climb the ladder along the raised area then open the chest off to the left to collect this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Move to the west along the northwest side along the current ledge then collect the ++RED HERB++ from near the railing. Climb back down to the main mountain trail and follow the trail to the west. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the raised area with the chest, near the railing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You can get up on the trailer with the gatling gun and fire off a few rounds if you want. It doesn't hurt to get the feel of the controls of a stationary weapon right now. There is no use for it at the moment though since it faces the wrong way. So sad that Chris can't tear a mortar weapon off its hinges like Jack Carver from Far Cry. I have a feeling that Mr. Redfield could if he really tried though. If you took my advice and shot the Majini on the mountain side then you won't have to deal with any once you reach the ladder! If you didn't then one with a crossbow will be above the ladder and another with dynamite will be tossing down explosives at the characters. Check the area and collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from around the side of the metal container, the ++RIFLE AMMO++ from in front of the outhouse then look directly up and to the right of the ladder and shoot the sparkling ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ from off the side of the mountain. Enter the side shack and grab the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, when you reach the first tall ladder, look up on the side of the mountain and shoot this sparkling treasure on the mountain wall to the right of the top portion of the ladder. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - Around the side if of the metal container along the path while approaching the tall ladder. [ ] Rifle Ammo - In front of the outhouse door near the tall ladder. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In the shack beside the tall ladder. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | Before climbing the ladder, find the outhouse to the side. Approach it for | | a "?" command. Use the action button to initiate the hidden command (your | | character will knock on the door). A Majini will open the door and step | | out of the outhouse. This Majini may bust through the door whenever a | | character tries to take the rifle ammo outside of it as well. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Climb the tall ladder. Turn to the left and look off toward the northeast. While staring off the side of the mountain, find the first rooftop on the building to the right of the one the characters exited from to spot a --BSAA EMBLEM (11/30)-- on top. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #11 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking \________/ off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, climb the tall ladder along the side of the mountain. Turn left at the top of the mountain path then run to the left and look toward the northeast buildings. This emblem is on the lower rooftop of the building to the right of the building that the characters exited from. It can be hit with a sniper rifle or a well-aimed shot from any weapon. Come on and use the machine gun my readers and show off those aiming skillz! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- CHECKPOINT Follow the current ledge to the north and drop from the ladder. While standing on the first lower ledge, look off to the north and find the shimmering ++DIAMOND (SQUARE)++ on the side of the mountain wall near the short ladder up ahead. Shoot it right now to knock it down and the Sheva player will be able to collect it quickly on her way up the mountain. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Square) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This diamond is stuck on the wall to the left of the short ladder that Sheva can be hoisted up to. Look on the mountain wall then shoot it to make it fall. I highly advise shooting this treasure from the ledge that the characters fall to after dropping from the high ledge before the cutscene since the Sheva player will not really have time to aim for it with the dynamite Majini in the area after the cutscene. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Drop down and move up the mountain trail to the north. A cutscene will play eventually. There is a broken ladder where a partner action command can be used below it to toss Sheva to the ledge above. This will help her to get up above quicker than Chris. Both players should keep in mind that the best way to take down a Majini with dynamite is to quickly shoot it before it tosses the dynamite or run toward it a bit as it tosses dynamite then shoot it from mid range. The dynamite can be shot to make the Majini explode instantly, but watch out about doing this from too close or your character will get hit by the explosion. > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Sheva better damn well move quickly up that next ladder after Chris tosses her up the broken ladder since Majini with dynamite will be tossing explosives at her and Chris this entire time. If Sheva is hit with dynamite on the ledge right above the broken ladder it might be enough to damage her so that she goes into dying status and Chris will have a hard time trying to get to her, so climb the ladder quick - the climbing animation will make Sheva invincible. A Sheva player should ignore any Majini down the path to the right and move up the path to her left. Sheva needs to make her way to the top and defeat any Majini armed with dynamite that she sees. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < A Chris player should immediately run up the mountain trail to the north and take down the Majini with the dynamite at the curve. Run up the mountain trail and shoot any Majini that Sheva leaves behind. If any Majini start to throw dynamite from further up the trail then ignore the rest of the Majini and move up to the trail above to take them down. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both character NEED to focus on any Majini with dynamite that drop or run into the immediate area. There are tons of dynamite Majini at this part, so watch for them and shoot them when they appear. Don't ever get too close to one while shooting it or it will damage the characters with its explosive death due to the dynamite. This is a good place to set up tag team attacks, but don't get too cocky there or a dynamite Majini might ruin your fun! Step over to the left side (west) side of the metal container on the ledge ahead then both players should use the assist button prompt to push it out of the way. Drop down to the ledge to the north below. -- CHECKPOINT Take the ++HAND GRENADE++, collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the table off to the left and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal crate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal crate. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - Beside the mountain wall below the ledge with the metal crate. [ ] Green Herb - On the table below the ledge with the metal crate. [ ] Shotgun Shells - On the table beside the green herb. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Before activating the cutscene that leads into the boss fight below, both | | characters can stand on the side of the ledge and shoot all the wooden | | barrels below. This will allow quicker access to the items during the | | boss fight. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' A cutscene will trigger shortly after the characters drop from the north side of the ledge. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + POPOKARIMU ---------- HP: 24,000 Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail Recommended - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu) Weapon(s): - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range) - Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from long range) - Rifle (to blast the reddish portion of his tail while he flies) - Flash Grenade (to instantly stun him when he flies) Front Attacks 1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward. 2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings its left arm forward. This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears. Either the action button or run button will appear. Press both! 3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks. This will stun whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will not damage a character. This move will also put enough sound pressure on a proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front Popokarimu at that time. 4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a character. It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it misses. Back Attacks: 5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its scorpion-like tail at the character. 6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits. A character must struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a partner assist knife attack. Flying Attacks 7) Tail Strike - Popokarimu shrieks then quickly flies toward a character and tries to hit the character with its tail as it dips downward while flying. A button prompt dodge command will appear during this if your character is in the way. Press both the action and the run button to avoid it. Popokarimu will start the battle while he is in the air. He will descend toward both character and land. He has some very hard armor over the majority of his body but the back end of his tail has soft reddish skin that's just begging for a few close range shotgun blasts! .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | While Popokarimu descends at the beginning of the battle, toss a flash | | grenade at the ground underneath him to instantly knock him out of the air | | and stun him. A flash grenade will instantly stun him any time that he | | flies in the air. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> AVOIDING HIS ATTACKS A vast majority of Popokarimu's attacks can be avoided by constantly backing up or stepping to the side. Back up to avoid his arm swing and tail swipe then step to the side to avoid his lunge or sticky slime attack. You'll get a button prompt command shortly before he races forward during his lunge attack. The button will be either the action or run button, so press both of them to make certain that you dodge it with a roll. From the front, it will perform its arm swing, lunge and ground pound attacks and when it has its back to your character it will perform its tail swing and sticky slime trap. --> WHEN POPOKARIMU FLIES Popokarimu will sometimes flap its wings and take to the air. It will only perform one lunging attack over and over while it is flying above so it is even more predictable at that time. The flying lunge attack will make a button prompt command appear shortly before it hits your character, so press both the action and run button at the same time to avoid its attack. --> STEPPING INTO A SHACK By entering one of the three nearby shacks, a character can escape from Popokarimu for a short while, but he will eventually break down your shelter with one of his physical attacks. Only enter a building to collect the items inside or quickly heal since he will break down the building very shortly after you enter it. Sometimes he hangs around the doorway for a bit however. --> COLLECTING THE AREA ITEMS Be sure to run around the area and collect many of the items in the barrels and the shacks. You need to grab the proximity bombs since they will come in handy. Two of them are in the west shack, two more are in the barrels to the south of the west shack, one more is in the right barrel behind the west shack, and the final bomb is inside the north shack for a total of six proximity bombs in the area. --> STUNNING POPOKARIMU There are three ways to stun the creature with the weapons that the character have available to them right now: A) Grab one of the proximity bombs in the area then lay it down in its path with the L1 button while the bomb is equipped. Simply stand and allow Popokarimu to step over the bomb. The explosion from the bomb will knock it over and stun it for a few seconds. It should be noted that Popokarimu's shriek has the power to make a proximity bomb explode if it is laid out on the ground in front of him when he performs his shriek. B) Both characters can surround Popokarimu and the character in the back of him can arm a damaging weapon such as a shotgun and blast it in the back of its tail. After Popokarimu has received enough damage it will fall over and be stunned for a few seconds. C) When he flies in the air, take out a flash grenade and toss it underneath him and Popokarimu will fall to the ground then roll over on his side. --> WHILE POPOKARIMU IS STUNNED Once the boss has been knocked over, arm your most powerful weapon (shotgun most likely) then run over to the side with the exposed bottom portion of the tail. Both characters should let loose on that weak point with nonstop gunfire. Its first stun can easily be its last with two aggressive players or one extremely aggressive shotgun user that reloads through the inventory between gunshot animations with an Ithaca shotgun. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Definite Item: Proximity Mine [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack. [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack. [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the east shack. [ ] Flash Grenade - Inside the east shack. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _____ [CH23] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ / / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ |_ \ / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| ___) | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |____/ |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-3 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 40+ | 30 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <09'00" | 12'00" | 15'00" | 15'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH231] Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S A V A N N A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This chapter is a full-fledge shooter. Both Chris and Sheva will have to defend the jeep that is headed to the Marshlands along the way. Players will have to do battle with Motorcycle Majini that toss weapons and cocktails and then a few trucks will appear that will attempt to ram the jeep. Gun Controls Fire button = fire mounted weapon Left analog = turn mounted weapon NOTE: A glowing red dot on the screen will showcase your current aiming spot. Chris = mounted machine gun (fast/full view/not as powerful/instant fire) Sheva = mounted gatling gun (slow/limited view/powerful/slow startup due to revolving chamber) Sheva has a slightly limited view compared to Chris, a slower overall turning speed, and her gun has a slow startup but her gatling gun is more powerful than Chris' machine gun. To avoid the long chamber revolving animation with the gatling gun, tap the fire button when no enemies are present to keep it revolving. Chris has a greater view thanks to his higher placement on the jeep, a faster overall turning speed, and an instant fire from his gun, but his gun is not as powerful as the gatling gun. Keep in mind that both player's guns can overheat if they are continuously fired, so always take breaks. The gun will build up heat as presented on the circular gauge around the weapon icon; when the gauge begins to fill with red then it is overheating. When a gun fully overheats, your character will not be able to fire it for a few seconds. With Sheva's gatling gun having a slow startup, a player will want to let go of the button and then tap it sparingly to avoid having to go through the full startup animation each time the gun is about to overheat. As long as the chamber is not firing then it will cool down; it doesn't matter if it is spinning. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Drive By Description: Stop an armored truck by taking out the driver. Details: Aim for the door of any armored truck that passes by the jeep and shoot off the door with either character's mounted gun then shoot and kill the driver inside the truck. The truck will crash after the drive has been killed and this trophy/achievement will be earned. Restart the stage if you miss it and try again. Even if the truck is flaming, the driver can still be shot all up to the point when the truck explodes and stops. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- --> ENEMY GROUP 1 The first group of enemies consist of several Motorcycle Majini. There's really not too much of a strategy for this group other than shoot them all. If they ever throw a weapon toward the jeep then shoot the weapon out of the air to avoid taking damage. After the first group is finished, a button tapping command will appear as the driver makes a sudden sharp turn, so be sure to tap the on-screen button to avoid taking damage. Both players must tap the button. --> ENEMY GROUP 2 From this point onward, both players should work together to take down separate teams of enemies. Chris players should focus on Motorcycle Majini thanks to his greater view of the area below and Sheva players should focus on the trucks that appear since her weapon is more powerful. NOTE: In a single player game, the AI partner will usually follow the strategies listed above. .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | Once a truck begins to flame, don't continue to fire at it while it is | | close to the jeep. Having it explode while next to the jeep will damage | | the jeep. Wait until it moves away then finish it off with gunfire. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' - Wave 1 Captain Stone (Josh) will contact both Chris and Sheva over the radio as a truck drives up from the right side of the back of the jeep. Sheva should focus on the truck to the right while Chris turns his attention toward the Motorcycle Majini that appear on the left side. Chris can shoot them faster and he has a wider view of them as they appear from the side. - Wave 2 Sheva should focus on shooting the Majini in the back of the truck then she should shoot at the front half of the truck when it comes into view. After the truck is at least flaming, both players should turn to the immediate left and finish off any Motorcycle Majini that appear. They will start to appear from the left side as they slow down and drive next to the jeep so concentrate fire on them as the jeep begins to move by them. Another scene will showcase yet another sharp turn where both players will have to tap a button to sustain they're grip on the vehicle. -- CHECKPOINT --> ENEMY GROUP 3 - Wave 1 A truck will drive up from the left side, so Sheva should focus her aim to the left and begin to fire at the truck. Chris should keep his eye on the right side since some Motorcycle Majini will begin to appear as the jeep catches up to them. -Wave 2 Motorcycle Majini armed with cocktails will drive into view from the right side. Both Chris and Sheva should focus on these Majini since they are the only threat for the moment and are quite numerous. Try to shoot them all before they toss a cocktail at the jeep. -Wave 3 Majini will slow down then come into view on both sides of the jeep after the second wave is finished. One player can take the left and one can take the right for this wave, but really planning it out as such is really not needed since they drive together in the middle of the road very shortly after appearing. Another sharp turn cutscene will play so be prepared to press the two buttons that appear on the screen. The players have to press either two shoulder buttons or two face buttons for this button prompt command. --> ENEMY GROUP 4 - Wave 1 A truck will appear from the left and another truck will appear from the right almost simultaneously, so each player should pick a truck to focus on. Try to take down the trucks as quickly as possible by shooting the front portion or possibly the driver inside of the truck (shoot off the door). Immediately after finishing off a truck, both players should turn their attention toward the middle road as Motorcycle Majini begin to drive into view. A few straggling Majini may appear from the back of the road. Blast them all to end this wave. -- CHECKPOINT - Wave 2 The truck will stop and then suddenly turn as the viewpoint of a roadblock with a truck and several Majini are showcased to both players. Chris players should focus fire on the Majini while a Sheva player shoots the red barrels surrounding the truck in the back. There are three sets of red barrels altogether. -- CHECKPOINT --> ENEMY GROUP 5 - Wave 1 The jeep will drive over a bridge. Once the bridge is passed both players should focus their aim to the right. A truck will drive up from the right side and try to ram the jeep off the side of the cliff to the left. Both players should focus on taking down the Majini in the back and then focus on shooting the front end of the truck. Once the truck is destroyed a cutscene will play eventually. - Wave 2 Motorcycle Majini will drive up from the right side, so both players should focus fire to the right. The scene will eventually end during the middle of the action as a cutscene activates. [CH232] Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E P O R T ( N I G H T ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + NDESU ----- HP: 8,000 (Small Plagas) HP: 26,000 (Large Plagas) Weak Points: - Head (makes him move back from the jeep to showcase plaga) - Multiple Small Plaga (make him showcase large plagas) - Large Plagas (ultimate weak point) NOTE: In this battle, especially on higher difficulties, a Chris player should focus aim on the Majini armed with a cocktails that appear in the doorway to the left and the two Majini armed with crossbows that appear to the right (one on the high platform and one below). There is a single red barrel that is near both crossbow Majini that can be shot to take them out instantly. Save this for when Ndesu is right up against the jeep or toward the end of the battle. Knowing Ndesu's attacks and learning how to avoid them is the absolute most important part of this battle. Close attacks: 1) Foot Stomp - Ndesu raises his right foot into the air and tries to stomp the truck. Avoidance: Shoot his head to cancel the attack. 2) Right Hook - Ndesu raises his right arm to the side and tries to punch both characters. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 3) Overhead Punch - Ndesu leans back and raises both arms then tries to smash the jeep This takes some extreme damage. Avoidance: Aim upward then fire at his head right as he prepares to smash the vehicle. A few precise shots to his head will stagger him and cancel the attack. It's best to aim up and to the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle. Distant Attacks: 4) Rock Toss - A cutscene will showcase Ndesu tearing up some of the ground as he lifts a big boulder. He will lift it above his head then toss it toward the characters. The boulder will roll toward the jeep. Avoidance: Fire at the boulder while he holds it over his head then follow it with fire as it rolls along the ground to break it just before it reaches the jeep. The characters can also shoot a nearby red barrel to make him drop the boulder, but I recommend saving the boulder for when he grabs a wooden pole. 5) Ground Pound - Ndesu lifts both arms into the air and pounds the ground, creating a slight earthquake. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 6) Ram - Ndesu leans his top half downward and charges a ram then he runs toward the jeep head first. Avoidance: Shoot him directly in his head to cancel this ram. 7) Pole Grab - Ndesu grabs a nearby wooden telephone pole from out of the ground then walks toward the jeep with it. This is not an attack but it leads into other close range attacks and the pole grab can be canceled. Avoidance: If a red barrel is near Ndesu, fire at it and he will drop the pole instantly when the blast hits him. The only time a character cannot cancel this attack is when Ndesu pulls up a pole from the foreground of the left side of the screen. Shooting the left barrel at that time will only waste a barrel. Pole Attacks: 8) Pole Swing - Ndesu holds the pole to his right side then swings it toward the characters. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 9) Pole Smash - Ndesu lift both arms into the air while holding the pole then tries to smash the jeep with the pole. Avoidance: Aim upward as he prepares to smash the vehicle then fire at his head to cancel the attack; just like with the overhead punch, precision fire toward his head will cancel the attack. It's best to aim up and slightly to the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle. --> DRIVE HIM AWAY FROM THE JEEP Ndesu will move toward the jeep at the beginning of the battle and remain there until he is driven away. The only way to make him back off is for both players to continuously fire directly at his head. Both players need to stop firing and focus on dodging his attacks whenever he readies one. Blast him enough in the head and he will back off. --> NDESU'S PLAGA Ndesu will showcase his weak points as two plaga move out of his skin - one on the left side of his chest and one on his right arm. Fire at them to damage them and ultimately destroy them. Destroy the arm plagas first since it is further away from his head. This will help when he moves close since you will have to quickly aim to the right (his left) to blast his foot or quickly aim at his head to cancel the foot stomp attack; the players will only have to minimally adjust aiming with only the chest plagas left. DO NOT fire at the red barrels when he backs off. The red barrels should only be blasted to make him drop a weapon or to damage his plagas weak points when he showcases them. It's always best to use them to make him drop his weapons for the most part. While he is at a distance, keep aiming and firing at his plaga. A Chris player should aim toward the left and shoot the Majini armed with cocktails in the doorway and then aim to the right and shoot the two Majini with crossbows (top platform and ground). The red barrel near them can be shot to take them both down, but you want to save this for later in the battle really. --> NDESU STEPS IN AGAIN Ndesu will eventually move back toward the jeep. The characters will need to switch aiming between his head and plaga at this point. Blasts to his head will make him back off quicker while blasting his plaga will eventually make him showcase his ultimate weak point and back off in the process. --> THE MAJOR WEAK POINT Once the two plaga are destroyed, Ndesu's ultimate weak point will be showcased as he crouches down and a big plagas moves out of his back. Fire at the weak point to damage it as much as you can before it goes back into his back. --> FOUR PLAGA Once Ndesu is knocked back from the jeep again after his big weak point has been showcased once, four plaga will move out of his body. Destroy all four of these plaga to make him showcase his big plagas once again. Fire at the big plagas weak point and he will fall eventually. On Professional, the players will sometimes have to repeat shooting his four plaga once again. A cutscene will play afterward and the chapter will end once Ndesu is defeated! + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _____ _ [CH31] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ / / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |_ \ ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 3-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 30+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <18'00" | 22'00" | 26'00" | 26'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH311] Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M A R S H L A N D S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Sniper Rifle (for BSAA medals and distant Majini) - H&K MP5 (for tag team melee setup; for shield carriers [see tip below]) - Hand Grenades (for crocodiles; for crowds) - Shotgun (for crowds) .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Be sure to bring the H&K MP5 machine gun with you to this chapter since the | | characters will run into enemies carrying shields and the MP5's armor | | piercing attribute will allow it to blast through a shield, even at the | | default level. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Both characters will start on a wooden platform beside the boat. Walk up the stairs then pick up the **BEAST SLATE** key item from the ground. Look over to the left and find the goat skull handing on a pole behind a shield. Break the goat skull and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++. Break the two --VASES-- on the left side of the area as well. Approach the purple flowers on the right side of the area then take the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ treasure that is stuck on the fence above them. Examine the BSAA soldier corpse to read the --SCHEDULE REPORT--. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] BSAA soldier corpse - Pinned to the ground with spears. [ ] Schedule Report - Readable while examining the body of the BSAA soldier corpse. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Beast Slate - In the middle portion of the ground. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the goat skull hanging on the wooden pole beside the shield on the left side of the area with the Beast Slate and this treasure will fall to the ground. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the two purple flowers on the right side of the area with the Beast Slate and collect this from the fence above the flowers. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Return to the boat but don't get on just yet. Take out a sniper rifle and look toward the north and you'll just barely be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (12/30)-- on the center of the pole out in the water. You have to have a sniper rifle to see this one and hit it from this distance. You'll only see a slight glimmer. Read the description below for more details. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #12 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: In the area where the characters obtain the Beast Slate \________/ at the beginning of the Marshlands, arm a sniper rifle while standing behind the north railing of the nearby wooden dock where the boat is then look to the north. Find the pole out in the water up ahead with two overhead telephone wires connected to it and look in the center of the pole to see a slight glimmer. The slight glimmer is the BSAA emblem. A player can only shoot it from this distance in single player mode. In a co-op game, one character can drive the boat out to the pole while the other character shoots the emblem from up close. If you want to get it easily, press "Start" on a second player controller and then have one character drive the other out to the pole while on board the boat. The character on the front can easily shoot it from the front of the boat with a handgun while the boat is facing the north end of the pole. Just quit the game afterwards if you don't want to continue playing two- player and the medal will save on the main save file for Resident Evil 5. Another way to clearly see this is to bring a PSG-1 rifle with your character with a level 2 upgraded scope. Simply aim then look to the north pole with the cables attached to it while on the dock and it will appear a bit bigger in the scope. It's still small though and will require some pinpoint aiming even with an upgraded scope. The PSG-1 rifle is not obtained or unlocked in the Buy menu until Chapter 5-3 however. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Walk over to the boat and use the assist button to get on. Boat Controls: .-------------------------------------------------------. | Fire = Accelerate | | Aim = Brake/Reverse | | Fire + Run = Turbo | | Left analog = Steer | | Assist = Swap places (in co-op mode)/Get on boat | | Action = Get off boat (near dock) | '-------------------------------------------------------' .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If the driver of the boat accelerates too fast and crashes then you'll | | receive some extra dialogue from your AI partner at times. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' This portion of the chapter is fully open to exploration, so you can choose to go anywhere. The ultimate objective is to find all the plates, like the one that the characters just collected. There are a total of four altogether. One of the first places that the characters should go is toward the blue circular marker in the west portion of the map. Dock there then leave the boat and collect the ++SLATE MAP++ from the wooden deck. This will add the locations of the other three plates to your GPS (mini) map as red X's displayed on the map. The door to the side with the circular carving requires all four plates in order to open it. Placing a plate in the circular indention will always give the characters a checkpoint. Get back on the boat. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Circular Indention - circular indention on the door. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Slate Map - Lying on the wooden deck near the locked door. * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * This will disappear if not obtained before collecting the final slate piece. Where you go from here is completely up to you. I will start off with some optional areas first of all. --> THE CHICKEN ISLAND Drive out to the island in the middle of the lake and get off the boat. The chickens in this area will randomly lay eggs and you can easily get a Brown, White and Gold Egg from here in order to almost get the Egg Hunt trophy/achievement. You'll still need to get the rotten egg from a random enemy drop however. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Egg Hunt Description: Find all 4 types of eggs. Details: A player can easily obtain the White, Brown and Gold egg from the chicken island in the middle of the lake. Simply wait around until the chickens lay eggs. While playing single player, usually the AI character will be the first to notice an egg that a chicken lays, so if your AI partner suddenly starts to move in a certain direction, then there is most likely an egg there. Use the "Restart" feature in the pause menu if the chickens refuse to lay a certain egg. Keep trying to get all three egg types. This is your absolute best chance at collecting a gold egg. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Find the two purple flowers near the near the thick wooden pole off to the left then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is hanging on the pole. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the two purple flowers on the left side of the chicken island in the middle of the map then collect this from the side of the thick wooden pole above them. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Stand right near the abandoned boat to the side of the dock then look up under the building up ahead to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (13/30)-- up underneath it. You'll need to look past the stairs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #13 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Step toward the abandoned boat on the chicken island in \________/ the middle of the map then look north to see this emblem under the building up ahead. You'll need to look past the stairs of the building to see this so you might have to adjust your viewpoint a bit if something is blocking it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Climb the ladder of the platform near the building and break the --VASE-- on top then vault over the fence on the left side of the area and break the --POT-- on the wooden shelf in the back. There are two ++EGG (WHITE)++ pickups on the wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. Enter the building up ahead then break the two --VASES-- and open the chest in the middle of them then collect the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Inside the chest in the building on the chicken island in the middle of the map. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Boat - The boat near the dock can be interacted with. [ ] Fireplace - Beside the tall wooden platform. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On top of the wooden platform with the ladder on it. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On a wooden shelf behind the fence to the left of the building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the building. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Get back on the boat and drive all the way out to the sunken ship on the map. It is shown on the mini-map as a line in the northeast portion of the map. Get off the boat at the dock near the sunken ship. Walk up onto the boat then look off in the water to the left and collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ from the sunken side of the ship. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is in the water on the left side of the sunken boat that you get off on in the northeast portion of the map. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = There is a --VASE-- near the pole in the middle of the ship. Open the metal case on the opposite side of the ship after moving up the narrow wooden ramp and then collect the ++ROCKET LAUNCHER++ from inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Rocket Launcher (RL) Location: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 Details: Dock the boat at the sunken ship in the northeast portion of the map and this will be inside the metal care on the far right end of the boat. Keep in mind that you HAVE to move up to the small wooden ramp in order to get the "Open" command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - By the pole in the middle of the boat. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Get back on the boat and leave the area. Head to the far northwest corner of the map. Get off the boat at the wooden platform area in the northeast. You'll likely see the --BSAA EMBLEM (14/30)-- on the wooden beam up under the hut ahead. Look toward the ceiling. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #14 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Go to the far northwest corner of the map then step off \________/ the boat and move up the wooden walkway and you should be able to see this on a wooden beam near the ceiling of the overhead straw rooftop. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Break the --VASE-- up under the hut then turn to the right and move up the rest of the wooden walkway ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Under the hut. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Before reaching the ladder to the high platform look to the right side of the current platform to see that the characters can drop to the middle portion of shallow water that the platforms stretch around. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | The fish (Nile Perch) in the center portion of water can be shot as they | | jump out of the water and they leave behind extra gold. A player can also | | look closely for ripples in the water to spot their location and then fire | | at the circles of water as the fish moves underneath the water; your | | character is likely hit the fish as it swims by. There are quite a number | | of fight in the water! In single player, the AI partner has got some | | pinpoint aim for shooting fish with a handgun; it's quite a sight to | | behold. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Fall down into the water then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ which is to the left of the left red ladder attached to the side of the platform. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map then get off at the wooden platform in that area. Move along the platforms then fall into the middle section of water. This is to the left of the left red ladder that is attached to the side of the wooden platform above the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Climb the ladder on the platform then open the chest at the very end of the platform and snatch the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map then get off at the wooden platform in that area. Move along the platforms then climb the ladder. Open the chest at the top to obtain this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> OBTAINING THE RAPTOR SLATE Drive all the way to the east and get off the boat. You're going to have to step into the waist deep water ahead. Oh, did I mention that it is filled with crocodiles? Well, I just did, didn't I? Damn. The crocodiles should be avoided for the most part. Don't try to fight them for now. They don't leave behind any type of item, they take quite a few shots and they will instantly kill a player once they are in close range most of the time. You'll first notice one by the music that will play then its eyes and nose will slowly rise out of the water. This is your cue to haul ass in a side direction or back way then run to its side. It will usually miss if it tries to attack when a character runs within close range of it, but don't always depend on it missing. It's possible to take a crocodile down with a weapon that has a good rate of fire, but again, there is no reason to. The sidestep feature while turning the camera is ever so useful at this part for Control type C or D users. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Equip a grenade or some type of item other than a gun while moving through | | the water in order to move faster while running. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' No matter which side of the marsh the characters move around, crocodiles will attack. It's best to take the left side however, so you can pick up the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is attached to the north side of the tree on that side. Crocodiles seem to appear less on the left side as well. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the left (north end) to find this on the north side of the tree in the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Once you reach the far east end, you'll run across a boat out in the water that points toward an open fenced section below some buildings. Don't charge into the fenced area since a crocodile will appear in the water right at the entrance. A character can lure the crocodile out of the open fenced area by backing up and then quickly running by him as he moves out of the fenced area or a character could wait for him to swim forward then toss a hand grenade at the crocodile to most likely instantly kill him. You're really going to have to watch it while fighting him however since other crocodiles might sneaking up from behind. I HIGHLY advise killing him with a hand grenade since you're going to have move by him again upon leaving the area above. There is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++lying on the right side of the fenced area where you can first enter. Be careful about grabbing it however since Lake Placid's wrath will be creeping up near your character somewhere nearby most likely. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the far east fenced area and lure the crocodile out from the entrance then quickly grab this from the right side of the wooden fence while stepping inside. You should be able to see it glimmer. Keep in mind that a character can also toss a hand grenade at the crocodile while it is in the water to kill it off. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Rush to the ladder in the back left corner and climb it quickly. Step around the side of the building up ahead. Go ahead and vault through window for a quicker entrance. A sudden yell will give way to a new enemy! NEW ENEMY: WETLAND MAJINI These Majini are basically just like normal Town Majini accept they have a new weapon assortment and are more aggressive. They usually carry spears and some of them will eventually carry shields. Fight them like normal Majini but beware of they're range and jump attacks. Melee attack prompts will still appear for your characters when the Wetland Majini are hit in the same parts of the body as normal Town Majini (head, arm, leg) and they can also be tag teamed. Once these Majini are grounded, they have a high tendency to get right back up while they are still in good health. Only a low health Wetland Majini will usually stay grounded and allow the characters to perform a ground melee on it. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ and ++EGG (WHITE)++ from off the nearby wooden shelf and break the nearby --VASE-- after the battle. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Lying beside the shelf with the red herb and egg on it. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the wooden shelf in the first building. [ ] Egg (White) - On the wooden shelf in the first building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step on over to the smaller south building. A single Majini will attack from the side window. Break the --VASE-- near the chest then open the chest and collect the **RAPTOR SLATE**. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Near the chest in the south building. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Raptor Slate - Inside the chest in the south building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Now, the characters need to return to the boat. Sadly there is no checkpoint, so the characters better be damn careful on their way back to the boat. If a character dies by a crocodile bite then both players will have to do all of this all over again from the start of the boat. If the characters didn't kill off the crocodile below the building area, be sure that the characters allow that crocodile to move far enough away from the open fence so each player can move by him without him snapping at the characters. The first crocodile is really the most dangerous part of backtracking if he wasn't finished off earlier. The characters will receive a checkpoint upon stepping near the boat. -- CHECKPOINT Just think, you can stand at the bridge and taunt all the water creatures once you're home free, much like that swimmer did to the oil streak blob in "The Raft" episode of Creepshow 2. "I beat you. I BEAT YOU- Gah!" That won't happen to our Redfield protagonist though since he'll just Haymaker the blob back into the water and simply taunt it again. --> OBTAINING THE SHAMAN SLATE Drive out the northeast section and get off the boat. This area has a lot of hidden collectibles and items to grab. Move up the stairs then walk toward the display of shield and spears up ahead. Use the knife to break the two --VASES-- and the goat skull up above the display. An ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ will fall on the pedestal once the goat skull is broken. Break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the right. Check out the --HAND TO HAND COMBAT-- memo for details on button prompt melee attacks. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, break the goat skull above the shield and spear display to have this drop on the wooden pedestal below it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Hand to Hand Combat Memo - Below the shelf with the pot. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On the wooden shelf to the right of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Further ahead, break the --VASE-- to the right of the fireplace. Step toward the building up ahead and look on the left wooden pole in front of the entrance then break the goat skull at the top and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ that falls from it. Enter the building further ahead then break the --VASE-- inside. Hop over the fence and break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the left of the first building. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, break the goat skull that hangs on the top of the left pole in front of the entrance to the first building. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION Fireplace - Beside the building up ahead. ---------------------------------------------------------- BREKABLE OBJECT LIST Vase - To the right of the first fireplace. --> Random Item Vase - Inside the first building next to a shield. --> Random Item Pot - Behind the fence and on a shelf to the left of the first building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The second building has a chicken inside that might lay some random eggs and also there is a --VASE-- inside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Fireplace - Beside the entrance to the second building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Inside the second building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All is quiet whenever the characters enter the area up ahead with the two high platforms; well, that is, until the characters start to break the --VASE-- on the left side and the --VASE-- on the right side of the area! --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On the left side of the area with the two high platforms. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the right side of the area with the two high platforms. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sheva will point out the two high platforms to the player. Get below the high platform on the left side then boost Sheva up to it through the partner assist command and she will collect the --IDOL (SILVER)-- treasure from the chest above. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Idol (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, boost Sheva up to the left high platform at the end of the area then she will collect this treasure from the chest above. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Boost Sheva up to the next high platform and she will take the **SHAMAN SLATE** from the chest above. A cutscene will play after Sheva takes the slate. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Shaman Slate - Boost Sheva up to the right platform and she will retrieve this from the chest above. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The whole village heard Sheva the moment she laid her pretty little fingers on that slate, so prepare to do battle with several Wetland Majini. This is an excellent time for tag team melees even in single player. Try to shoot one of them in the arm then perform a back melee attack to bounce it toward your AI partner and your partner might get tricked into helping your main character. Even more so on co-op mode, this area can make for some splendid tag team action with a friend. The area reminds me of the tag team paradise that several friends and I made of Shanty Town in the RE5 demo! Majini with spears will appear at first. Thi